COURSE INFORMATION
Alphabetic Listing
BIO111 Introduction to Programming in SAS
WinterSession
Dr. T. Fenton
1.25 credits
Lectures and Laboratories. Six 4-hour sessions combining both.
Provides an overview in the use of SAS to prepare data for statistical analysis. The focus is on database management and programming problems. Basic issues in each of these areas are discussed in the context of introducing the specific skills required to use SAS effectively.
Course Note: Credit is given for only one of BIO 111 or BIO 113.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO113 Introduction to Data Management and Programming in SAS
Fall 1
Ms. L. Allred
2.5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 2-hour sessions each week. Two 1-hour lab each week.
Provides intensive instruction in the use of SAS to prepare data for statistical analysis. The focus is on database management and programming problems. Basic issues in each of these areas are discussed in the context of teaching the specific skills required to use SAS effectively.
Course Note: Credit is given for only one of BIO 111 or BIO 113; BIO 200, BIO 201, or BIO 202 and BIO 203, or signature of instructor required; lab time follows each course session for one hour.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO200 Principles of Biostatistics
Fall
Dr. D. Harrington
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 1-hour sessions each week. One 2-hour lab each week.
Lectures and laboratory exercises acquaint the student with the basic concepts of biostatistics and their applications and interpretation. The computer is used throughout the course. Topics include descriptive statistics, graphics, diagnostic tests, probability distributions, inference, tests of significance, association, linear and logistic regression, life tables, and survival analysis.
Course Note: Credit is given for only one of BIO 200, BIO 201; this course cannot be counted as part of the credit requirement for a major or minor doctoral field course; course restricted to students not eligible for BIO 201. Other students allowed with signature of course instructor, if space permits; course enrollment is limited to 150 students; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO200R Principles of Biostatistics Repeat
Spring
Dr. D. Wypij
2.5 credits
Independent Study
Open only to students who have failed the core course, and must repeat it. Students must sign up for the section with the instructor from whom they took the original course.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO200R Principles of Biostatistics Repeat
Fall
Dr. D. Wypij
2.5 credits
Independent Study
Open only to students who have failed the core course, and must repeat it. Students must sign up for the section with the instructor from whom they took the original course.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO201 Introduction to Statistical Methods
Fall
Dr. K. Gauvreau
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week. One 2-hour lab each week.
Covers basic statistical techniques that are important for analyzing data arising from epidemiology, environmental health and biomedical and other public health-related research. Major topics include descriptive statistics, elements of probability, introduction to estimation and hypothesis testing, nonparametric methods, techniques for categorical data, regression analysis, analysis of variance, and elements of study design. Applications are stressed. Designed as an alternate to BIO200, for students desiring more emphasis on theoretical developments. Background in algebra and calculus strongly recommended.
Course Note: Credit is given for only one of BIO200 or BIO201; this course cannot be counted as part of the credit requirement for a major or minor doctoral field course; course restricted to students enrolled in DBS, EH, EPI, NUT, MPH/QM programs, and SHDH doctoral students. Other students allowed with signature of course instructor if space permits; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO201R Introduction to Statistical Methods
Spring
Dr. K. Gauvreau
2.5 credits
Independent Study
Open only to students who have failed the core course, and must repeat it. Students must sign up for the section with the instructor from whom they took the original course.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO202 Principles of Biostatistics I
Summer 1
Dr. M. Testa
2.5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Five 2-hour sessions and five 2-hour labs each week.
This course is the first part of introductory biostatistics and acquaints the student with the basic concepts and methods of biostatistics, their applications, and their interpretation. The material covered includes data presentation, numerical summary measures, rates and standardization, and life tables. Probability is introduced to quantify uncertainty, especially as it pertains to diagnostic and screening methods. Also covered are sampling distributions so that students may be introduced to confidence intervals and hypothesis testing. The computer is used throughout the c ourse, and the student will gain familiarity with the software package STATA.
Course Note: Requires a basic knowledge of mathematics and familiarity with use of personal computers. Students taking BIO202 and BIO203 will not be given credit for BIO200 or BIO201. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO203 Principles of Biostatistics II
Summer 2
Dr. B. Healy
2.5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Five 2-hour sessions each week and five 2-hour labs each week.
This course is the second part of introductory biostatistics; it continues to explore inference in greater depth. Lectures and laboratory exercises will emphasize applied data analysis, building upon the fundamentals emphasized in BIO 202. Topics covered include the comparison of two means, analysis of variance, non-parametric methods, inference on proportions, contingency tables, multiple 2 X 2 tables, correlation, simple regression, multiple regression and logistic regression, analysis of survival data, and sampling theory. The computer is used throughout the course, and the student will gain more familiarity with STATA.
Course Note: BIO 202 is required; Students who take BIO202 and BIO 203 will not be given credit for BIO200 or BIO201. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO206 Introductory Statistics for Medical Research
Summer 1
Dr. E. J. Orav
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Introduces basic biostatistical techniques with an emphasis on applications to clinical research. Topics include probability and
statistics, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, non-parametrics, and power calculations.
Course Note: Designed primarily for participants in the Program in Clinical Effectiveness; no auditors. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO207 Statistics for Medical Research II
Summer 2
Dr. G. Reed (P), Dr. E.J. Orav (S)
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Presents additional biostatistical techniques that commonly appear in the analysis of clinical databases and trials. Topics include contingency table analyses, log-rank tests, paired and matched analyses, analysis of variance and multiple comparisons procedures.
Course Note: BIO 206 required; no auditors. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO208 Statistics for Medical Research, Advanced
Summer 2
Dr. E. J. Orav
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Presents additional biostatistical techniques that commonly appear in the analysis of clinical databases and trials. This course will move at a faster pace than the alternative BIO 207 while covering all of the same topics (contingency tables, log-rank tests, paired and matched analyses, analysis of variance and multiple comparisons procedures). In addition, linear and logistic regression will be introduced.
Course Note: BIO 206 required; no auditors. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO209 Statistics for Medical Research, Translational
Summer 2
Dr. K. Nelson
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Presents additional biostatistical techniques that are most relevant to researchers involved with designed experiments. Topics include contingency tables, paired analyses, simple analysis of variance, multiple comparisons procedures, two-way analysis of variance, and simple repeated measures analysis of variance.
Course Note: BIO 206 required; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO210 The Analysis of Rates and Proportions
Spring
Dr. R. Glynn
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week. One 1.5-hour lab each week.
Emphasizes concepts and methods for analysis of data which are categorical, rate-of-occurrence (e.g., incidence rate), and time-to-event (survival duration). Stresses applications in epidemiology, clinical trials, and other public health research. Topics include measures of association, 2x2 tables, stratification, matched pairs, logistic regression, model building, analysis of rates, and survival data analysis using proportional hazards models.
Course Note: BIO 200, or BIO 201, or BIO 202 and BIO 203, or BIO 206 and one of BIO 207, BIO 208, or BIO 209, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO210 The Analysis of Rates and Proportions
Fall
Dr. B. Rosner
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week. One 1.5-hour lab each week.
Emphasizes concepts and methods for analysis of data which are categorical, rate-of-occurrence (e.g., incidence rate), and time-to-event (survival duration). Stresses applications in epidemiology, clinical trials, and other public health research. Topics include measures of association, 2x2 tables, stratification, matched pairs, logistic regression, model building, analysis of rates, and survival data analysis using proportional hazards models.
Course Note: BIO 200, or BIO 201, or BIO 202 and BIO 203, or BIO 206 and one of BIO 207, BIO 208, or BIO 209, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO211 Regression and Analysis of Variance in Experimental Research
Fall
Dr. P. Catalano
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week; one 1-hour lab each week.
Covers analysis of variance and regression, including details of data-analytic techniques and implications for study design. Also included are probability models and computing. Students learn to formulate a scientific question in terms of a statistical model, leading to objective and quantitative answers.
Course Note: BIO 200, or BIO 201, or BIO 202 and BIO 203, or BIO 206 and one of BIO 207, BIO 208, or BIO 209, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO212 Survey Research Methods In Community Health
Spring
Dr. T. Mangione (P), Dr. L. Ryan (S)
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
Covers research design, sample selection, questionnaire construction, interviewing techniques, the reduction and interpretation of data, and related facets of population survey investigations. Focuses primarily on the application of survey methods to problems of health program planning and evaluation. Treatment of methodology is sufficiently broad to be suitable for students who are concerned with epidemiological, nutritional, or other types of survey research. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO213 Applied Regression for Clinical Research
Fall
Dr. E. J. Orav
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week. One 1.5-hour lab each week.
This course will introduce students involved with clinical research to the practical application of multiple regression analysis. Linear regression, logistic regression and proportional hazards survival models will be covered, as well as general concepts in model selection, goodness-of-fit, and testing procedures. Each lecture will be accompanied by a data analysis using SAS and a classroom discussion of the results. The course will introduce, but will not attempt to develop the underlying likelihood theory. Background in SAS programming ability required.
Course Note: BIO 200, or BIO 201, or BIO 202 and BIO 203, or BIO 206 and one of BIO 207, BIO 208, or BIO 209, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO214 Principles of Clinical Trials
Spring 1
Dr. J. Ware
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Designed for individuals interested in the scientific, policy, and management aspects of clinical trials. Topics include types of clinical research, study design, treatment allocation, randomization and stratification, quality control, sample size requirements, patient consent, and interpretation of results. Students design a clinical investigation in their own field of interest, write a proposal for it, and critique recently published medical literature.
Course Note: BIO 200, or BIO 201, or BIO202 and BIO203, or BIO206 and one of BIO 207, BIO 208 or BIO 209, or signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO214 Principles of Clinical Trials
Summer 2
Dr. K. Stanley, Dr. R. Gelber
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Designed for individuals interested in the scientific, policy, and management aspects of clinical trials. Topics include types of clinical research, study design, treatment allocation, randomization and stratification, quality control, sample size requirements, patient consent, and interpretation of results. Students design a clinical investigation in their own field of interest, write a proposal for it, and critique recently published medical literature.
Course Note: Signature of instructor required. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO222 Basics of Statistical Inference
Fall
Dr. P. Williams
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 1.5 hour-sessions each week. One 2-hour lab each week.
This course will provide a basic, yet thorough introduction to the probability theory and mathematical statistics that underlie many of the commonly used techniques in public health research. Topics to be covered include probability distributions (normal, binomial, Poisson), means, variances and expected values, finite sampling distributions, parameter estimation (method of moments, maximum likelihood), confidence intervals, hypothesis testing (likelihood ratio, Wald and score tests). All theoretical material will be motivated with problems from epidemiology, biostatistics, environmental health and other public health areas. This course is aimed towards second year doctoral students in fields other than Biostatistics. Background in algebra and calculus required.
Course Note: One intermediate level biostatistics course such as BIO 210, or BIO 211, or signature of the instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO223 Applied Survival Analysis
Spring
Dr. Lee-Jen Wei
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week. One 1-hour optional lab each week.
This course will cover topics in both discrete data analysis (25% of class) and applied survival analysis (75% of class). The course will begin with a review of sampling plans and contingency table for discrete data. Further topics in discrete data analysis will include logistic regression, exact inference, and conditional logistic regression. This short survey of discrete data topics will provide a natural transition to analysis of survival data. Survival topics include: hazard, survivor, and cumulative hazard functions, Kaplan-Meier and actuarial estimation of the survival distribution, comparison of survival using log rank and other tests, regression models including the Cox proportional hazards model and accelerated failure time model, adjustment for time-varying covariates, and use of parametric distributions (exponential, Weibull) in survival analysis. Class material will include presentation of statistical methods for estimation and testing, along with current software (SAS, Stata, Splus) for implementing analyses of discrete data and survival data. Applications to real data will be emphasized.
Course Note: BIO 210, BIO 213, or BIO 230 required, or signature of instructor.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO224 Survival Methods in Clinical Research
Summer 2
Dr. R. Davis
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will cover the common approaches to the display and analysis of survival data, including Kaplan-Meier curves, log rank tests, and Cox proportional hazards regression. Computing, using SAS, will be an integral component of the course.
Course Note: BIO 210, BIO 211, BIO 213 or signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO226 Applied Longitudinal Analysis
Spring
Dr. M. Hughes
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course covers modern methods for the analysis of repeated measures, correlated outcomes and longitudinal data, including the unbalanced and incomplete data sets characteristic of biomedical research. Topics include an introduction to the analysis of correlated data, analysis of response profiles, fitting parametric curves, covariance pattern models, random effects and growth curve models, and generalized linear models for longitudinal data, including generalized estimating equations (GEE) and generalized linear mixed effects models (GLMMs).
Course Activities: Homework assignments will focus on data analysis in SAS using PROC GLM, PROC MIXED, PROC GENMOD, and PROC NLMIXED.
Course Note: BIO 210, BIO 211, BIO 213, or BIO 232, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times will be announced at first meeting.
Course Evaluations
BIO227 Fundamental Concepts in Gene Mapping
Fall 2
Dr. N. Laird
2.5 Credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week.
This course introduces students to the diverse statistical methods used throughout the process of genetic epidemiology, from familial aggregation and segregation studies to linkage scans candidate-gene association studies. Topics covered include multipoint and model-free linkage analysis, linkage disequilibrium, family-based and population-based association test, and study design. Instructors use ongoing research into the genetics of asthma and cancer to illustrate basic principles. Homework includes analysis projects to familiarity students with state-of-the-art software for linkage analysis, family-based association tests, and case-control studies. Some familiarity with molecular biology and statistical hypothesis testing (e.g. material covered in EPI249 and BIO201) is helpful, although not necessary, as relevant concepts will be reviewed in lectures and labs. Students should leave with a basic understanding of how to read and evaluate statistical studies of genetics epidemiology.
Course Note: Lab or section time will be announced at first meeting.
Course Evaluations
BIO230 Probability Theory and Applications I
Fall
Cross listed at FAS as BIST230
Dr. A. Schwartzman
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 2-hour sessions each week. One 2-hour lab each week.
Axiomatic foundations of probability, independence, conditional probability, joint distributions, transformations, moment generating functions, characteristic functions, moment inequalities, sampling distributions, modes of convergence and their interrelationships, laws of large numbers, central limit theorem, and stochastic processes.
Course Note: Enrollment in the Biostatistics department, or BIO 222, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting; cross-listed: HSPH student must register for HSPH course.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO231 Statistical Inference I
Spring
Cross-listed as FAS as BIST231
Dr.Y. Li
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 2-hour sessions each week. One 1.5-hour lab each week.
A fundamental course in statistical inference. Discusses general principles of data reduction: exponential families, sufficiency, ancillarity and completeness. Describes general methods of point and interval parameter estimation and the small and large sample properties of estimators: method of moments, maximum likelihood, unbiased estimation, Rao-Blackwell and Lehmann-Scheffe theorems, information inequality, asymptotic relative efficiency of estimators. Describes general methods of hypothesis testing and optimality properties of tests: Neyman-Pearson theory, likelihood ratio tests, score and Wald tests, uniformly and locally most powerful tests, asymptotic relative efficiency of tests.
Course Note: BIO 230 or signature of instructor required; lab or section time to be announced at first meeting; cross-listed: HSPH student must register for HSPH course.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO232 Methods I
Fall
Cross-listed at FAS as BIST232
Dr. D. Neuberg
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Introductory course in the analysis of Gaussian and categorical data. The general linear regression model, ANOVA, robust alternatives based on permutations, model building, resampling methods (bootstrap and jackknife), contingency tables, exact methods, logistic regression.
Course Note: Enrollment in the Department of Biostatistics, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting; cross-listed: HSPH student must register for HSPH course. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO233 Methods II
Spring
Dr. B. Coull
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories (optional). Two 2-hour sessions each week. One 1.5-hour lab each week.
Intermediate course in the analysis of Gaussian, categorical, and survival data. The generalized linear model, Poisson regression, random effects and mixed models, comparing survival distributions, proportional hazards regression, splines and smoothing, the generalized additive model.
Course Note: BIO 232, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO234 Research Synthesis & Meta-Analysis in Public Health & Medicine
Summer 2
Dr. M. Stoto
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Concerned with the use of existing data to inform clinical decision making and health care policy, the course focuses on research synthesis (meta-analysis). The principles of meta-analytic statistical methods are reviewed and the application of these to data sets is explored. Application of methods includes considerations for clinical trials and observational studies. The use of meta-analysis to explore data and identify sources of variation among studies is emphaiszed, as is the use of meta-analysis to identify future research questions.
Course Activities: Students prepare a protocol to conduct a meta-analysis and use existing meta-analysis software to apply principles outlined in the course to data sets provided for this purpose.
Course Note: This course is equivalent to EPI233; credit will not be given for both courses. (rev. 10.03)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO235 Regression and Analysis of Variance
Fall
Dr. T. Cai
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 2-hour sessions each week. One 2-hour lab each week.
This is an advanced course in data analysis for linear models - regression and analysis of variance. Estimation methods (maximum likelihood and least squares) and issues of inference (confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, analysis of residuals) are presented from a theoretical and data analysis perspective. Background in matrix algebra and linear regression required.
Course Note: BIO230 and BIO232, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting; cross-listed, HSPH student must register for HSPH course.
(5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO237 Modern Statistical Computing Environments
Fall
Dr. C. Li
5 Credits
Lectures, Laboratroies. Two 1.5-hour session each week.
Acquaints students with statistical computing enviroments under Windows and Linux systems. Taught in a computing lab, the course consists of lectures, demonstrations and hands-on exercises. Example topics include R, SAS, LaTeX, Python, and online resources.
Course Note: Enrollment in a biostatistics or related degree program required; no auditors.
Course Evaluations
BIO238 Advanced Topics in Clinical Trials
Spring 2
Dr. V. DeGruttola, Dr. J. Ware
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week. One 1.5-hour lab each week.
This course will focus on selected advanced topics in the design, analysis, and interpretation of clinical trials, including study design; choice of endpoints (including surrogate endpoints); interim analyses and group sequential methods; subgroup analyses; and meta-analyses.
Course note: BIO214, BIO230, and BIO231 (may be taken concurrently) or signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO243 Nonparametric Methods
Spring 1
Dr. M. Hughes
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Presents the theory and application of nonparametric methods. Topics include permutation tests, permutation limit theorems, 2-sample rank tests and their asymptotic efficiency, k-sample rank tests, 1-sample tests of location, paired comparisons, rank tests for symmetry and independence, and analogues of linear modeling based on ranks.
Course Note: BIO231 required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO244 Analysis of Failure Time Data
Spring
Dr. J. Lok
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Discusses the theoretical basis of concepts and methodologies associated with survival data and censoring, nonparametric tests, and competing risk models. Much of the theory is developed using counting processes and martingale methods. Material is drawn from recent literature.
Course Note: BIO231 and BIO233 required; cross-listed, HSPH students must register for HSPH course (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO245 Analysis of Multivariate and Longitudinal Data
Spring
Cross-listed at FAS as BIST245
Dr. D. Wypij
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Presents classical and modern approaches to the analysis of multivariate observations, repeated measures, and longitudinal data. Topics include the multivariate normal distribution, Hotelling's T2, MANOVA, the multivariate linear model, random effects and growth curve models, generalized estimating equations, statistical analysis of multivariate categorical outcomes, and estimation with missing data. Discusses computational issues for both traditional and new methodologies.
Course Note: BIO231 and BIO235 required; cross-listed, HSPH student must register for HSPH course. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO247 Design of Scientific Investigations
Spring
Cross-listed at FAS as BIST247
Dr. M. Hughes
5 credits
Course Not Offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions and one 2-hour lab each week.
Sample size considerations, basic principles of experimental design (randomization, replication, and balance), block designs, factorial experiments, response surface modeling, optimal design, clinical trials, adaptive and sequential designs.
Course Note: BIO 235 or signature of instructor required; minimum enrollment of 10 students required; cross-listed, HSPH student must register for HSPH course. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO248 Advanced Statistical Computing
Spring
Dr. P. Catalano
5 credits
Not Offered 2008-2009.
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
A course in computing algorithms useful in statistical research and advanced statistical applications. Topics include computer arithmetic, matrix algebra, numerical optimization ethods with application to maximum likelihood estimation and GEEs, spline smoothing and penalized likelihood, numerical integration, random number generation and simulation methods, Gibbs sampling, bootstrap methods, missing data problems and EM, imputation, data augmentation algorithms, and Fourier transforms. Students should be proficient with C or Fortran programming.
Course Note: BIO235, or signature of instructor required; cross-listed, HSPH student must register for HSPH course. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO249 Bayesian Methods in Biostatistics
Spring
Dr. C. Paciorek
5 credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
General principles of the Bayesian approach, prior distributions, hierarchial models and modeling techniques, approximate inference, Markov chain Monte Carlo methods, model assessment and comparison. Bayesian approaches to GLMMs, multiple testing, nonparametrics, clinical trails, survival analysis.
BIO230 (Probability Theory and Applications I), BIO231 (Statistical Inference I), and BIO232 (Methods I), or the signature of the instructor is required. BIO233 (Methods II) will also be helpful for the second part of the course.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO250 Probability Theory and Applicaitons II
Fall
Dr. R. Gray
5 Credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Basic set theory, measure theory, Riemann-Stieltjes and lebesgue integration, conditional probability, conditional expectation (projection), martingales, Randon-Nikodym derivative, product measure and Fubini's Theorem, limit theorems on sequences of random variables, stochastic processes, weak convergence.
Course Note: BIO 230 and BIO 232, or Signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO251 Statistical Inference II
Spring
Dr. A. Rotnitzky
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Sequel to BIO 231. Considers several advanced topics in statistical inference. Topics include limit theorems, multivariate delta method, properties of maximum likelihood estimators, saddlepoint approximations, asymptotic relative efficiency, robust and rank-based procedures, resampling methods, and nonparametric curve estimation.
Course Note: BIO 231 required; cross-listed, HSPH must register for HSPH course (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO257 Advanced Statistical Genetics
Spring
Dr. N. Laird
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. One 4-hour sessions each week. One 2-hour lab each week.
Course not offered 2009-2010.
This course concentrates on the statistical aspects of genetic studies for complex-disease, covering both modern linkage and association analysis. The goal is to enable students to read fundamental papers and to engage in original research.
Course Note: BIO 231 and BIO 233, or permission of instructor required. Lab or section times to be announced at first meeting.
Course Evaluations
BIO262 Statistical Problems in Drug Development
Fall
Dr. M. Testa
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
This course will introduce the student to the "real life" applications of statistical methodology required for pharmaceutical drug development and will feature guest lecturers from the pharmaceutical industry. Weekly seminars will cover statistical techniques used in the various phases of drug development, including assessment of pharmacologic activity; preclinical animal models and toxicology studies; clinical trials (Phase I dose ranging through Phase III comparative efficacy trials); and post-surveillance, pharmacoepidemiologic and pharmacoeconomic studies. Statistical techniques and examples include applications of optimum screening designs, use of non-parametric estimators, problems of multiplicity, tests for monotonicity, parametric and nonparametric regression, ordered categorical data analysis, survival methods, issues of power and sample size, bioequivalence studies, longitudinal data analysis, univariate and multivariate general linear models, multiple endpoint problems and quality-of-life measurement models. Exposure to
linear models and non-parametric statistics recommended.
Course Note: BIO 210, BIO 211 or BIO 213 or signature of the instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO263 Computational Methods for Categorical Data Analysis
Spring
Dr. C. Mehta
2.5 credits
Offered alternate years. Not offered 2008-2009
Lectures. One 2-hour sessions each week.
This course deals with exact nonparametric methods of inference. These methods use fast numerical algorithms to permute the observed data in all possible ways, and thereby derive exact distributions for the test statistics of interest without making any distributional or large-sample assumptions. In contrast, standard parametric methods of inference make distributional assumptions about the data, while standard nonparametric methods of inference rely on asymptotic theory to derive approximate distributions for the test statistics. Exact nonparametric methods are particularly important for small, sparse or unbalanced data where the usual asymptotic theory breaks down. This course will cover exact inference for one, two and K-sample problems, ordered and unordered RxC contingency tables, 2x2 and 2xC contingency tables with or without stratification, and logistic regression. A unified view, encompassing both continuous and categorical data, will be presented based on the permutation principle. Modern algorithmic advances that make exact permutational inference computationally feasible will be treated in depth. The methods will be illustrated by several biomedical data sets. This course will use StatXact and LogXact statistical packages.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO270 Statistical Science Outreach
WinterSession
Instructor TBA
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Seminars. Sixteen 2-hour sessions during WinterSession.
This is a seminar aimed at broadening the background of students in probability and statistics. Students will be expected to give short presentations from expository articles and papers. Articles will be chosen on the basis of ideas rather than technical content. There will be some emphasis on historical developments. This course is suitable for students in any year of the Biostatistics program.
Course Note: Enrollment in a biostatistics degree program required; this class cannot be used to satisfy the intermediate requirement for doctoral students in the Department of Biostatistics; Pass/Fail grading option only, minimum enrollment of 10 students required; signature of instructor required; Course meets 10:30 am to 12:30 pm. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO276 Sequential Analysis
Fall
Dr. C. Mehta
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2009-2010 and 2010-2011; offered alternate years
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
This course will cover the basic theory underlying the design and interim monitoring of group sequential clinical trials and will illustrate the theory with examples of real clinical trials. Topics include: distribution theory for stochastic processes with independent increments; the recursive integration algorithm; stopping boundaries and error spending functions; maximum information trials; conditional power and stochastic curtailment; repeated confidence intervals; inference following group sequential testing; sample size re-estimation; more general adaptive
designs. Software support for this course will be provided by East software.
Course Note: BIO230 or signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO277 Computational Biology
Fall
Dr. G. Yuan
5.0 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Instroduction to statistical methods for biological problems including microarray analysis, motif finding, CHIP-chip data, and gene regulatory network. Topics include multiple hypothesis testing, clustering and classification, variable selection, hidden Markov model, and Bayesian network.
Course Note: BIO 230 and BIO231, or permission of instructor required; ordinal grading option only. Cross-listed; HSPH students must register for HSPH course.
Course Evaluations
BIO283 Spatial Statistics for Health Research and Social Inquiry
Spring
Dr. C. Paciorek, Dr. L. Ryan, Dr. R. Izem
5 credits
Course Not Offered 2008-2009
Lectures, laboratories. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week. One 2-hour lab each week.
Introduction to spatial statistics with application to public health and social science research. Emphasizes methods for the analysis and visualization of three basic types of spatial data: areal data, point (geostatistical) data, and point processes. Heavy emphasis on real applied problems through case studies, guest lectures, and student projects. Basic GIS skills will be covered in a short module. Note that prerequisites are guidelines and students are encouraged to consult the instructors.
Course Note: BIO 210, or 211, or 213 and BIO 503, or permission of instructor.
Course Evaluations
BIO287 Public Health Surveillance
Spring
Dr. A. Ozonoff, Dr. M. Pagano
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
Surveillance is an important component of public health. Its function is to detect and monitor disease incidence and it has three components: to collect data, to analyze it, and to report the results. This course considers all three aspects with particular emphasis on the analysis of surveillance data. We shall consider both the more traditional surveillance systems, where data collection and reporting are done at a relatively leisurely pace, and systems that provide for immediate feedback and thus are designed to detect biological terrorism and other situations where rapid response is desirable. We shall study both passive and active surveillance systems. Statistical techniques covered include time series, clustering methods, and other geo-temporal techniques.
Course Note: BIO 232, or signature of instructor required; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO288 Semiparametric Methods for Analysis of Missing and Censored Data
Spring
Dr. A. Rotnitzky
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007; offered alternate years.
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
The goal of the course is to provide a comprehensive discussion of optimal estimation techniques for low dimensional parameters of semiparametric models (i.e. models with infinite dimensional nuisance parameters) for complex longitudinal data subject to informative censoring or missingness. The course will start with the discussion of the fundamental notions and results of semiparametric theory: pathwise derivatives, tangent space, semiparametric variance and information bounds, and influence functions. It will then provide a general estimating function methodology for locally semiparametric efficient estimation and doubly robust estimation under data that are coarsened at random. This general methodology will then be applied to derive locally efficient doubly robust estimators of 1) regression parameters in multivariate generalized linear models subject to missing at random data, 2) the survival function of an endpoint subject to dependent right censoring, 3) the quality of life adjusted survival time subject to dependent right censoring 4) the survival function of multivariate failure time data subject to univariate (dependent) censoring, 5) Cox regression parameters based on dependent right censored data and 6) smooth parameters of the distribution of a time to an endpoint outcome based on current status data and interval censored data.
Course note: BIO231, BIO244, and BIO250 or signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO289 Reading the Medical Literature: A Course for Statisticians
WinterSession
Dr. D. Neuberg
1.25 Credits
Course not offered 2008-2009
Seminars. Eight 2-hour sessions.
The goal of this course is to offer students the opportunity to improve their skills at critical reading of the medical literature. Papers will be approached from a statistical point of view, and discussion will focus how to identify the structure of the clinical study, including the statistical design, from the ultimate published report of results. Papers will be drawn from the recent medical literature, with an emphasis on publications appearing in the New England Journal of Medicine, Lancet, and other journals of similar nature. For each paper, one student will summarize the content of the paper, and a second student will critique the paper. All students are expected to read every paper, and be prepared to participate in classroom discussion.
Course note: Registration will be limited to students enrolled in a degree program in Statistics or Biostatistics; pass/fail grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO291 Statistical Methods for Causality
Spring
Dr. Rotnitzky, Dr. Tchetgen, Dr. Li, Dr. Robins
5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Two 2-hour sessions each week. One 2-hour lab each week.
Theory of directed acyclic graph models. Identifiability of causal contrasts. Theory and applications of locally semiparametric efficient doubly-robust estimation in two models for counterfactual variables: marginal structural models and structural nested models.
Course Note: BIO 231, or permission of instructor required. Lab or section times to be announced at first meeting. Minimum enrollment required.
Course Evaluations
BIO292 Introductory Genomics & Bioinformatics for Health Research
Spring 1
Dr. J. Quackenbush
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This survey course is intended for a wide audience and will provide an introduction to genomics-inspired techniques and bioinformatics tools, including genome sequencing, DNA microarrays, proteomics, and publicly available databases and software tools.
Course Note : BIO200, or BIO201, or BIO202 and BIO203, or BIO206 and one of BIO207, BIO208, or BIO209, and EPI200 or EPI201, or signature of instructor required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting.
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. Theses programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study/ tutorial contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail grading option only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. Theses programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study/ tutorial contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail grading option only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. Theses programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study/ tutorial contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail grading option only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. Theses programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study/ tutorial contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail grading option only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. Theses programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study/ tutorial contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail grading option only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. Theses programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study/ tutorial contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail grading option only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Summer
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Guided study in specific areas of statistical methodology and applications.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course Evaluations
BIO300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Summer 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Guided study in specific areas of statistical methodology and applications.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Fall 1
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Fall
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Fall 2
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Spring 1
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Spring
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Spring 2
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Summer 1
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Summer
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course Evaluations
BIO311 Teaching
Summer 2
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department in laboratory instruction and the development of teaching materials.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course Evaluations
BIO312 Consultation
Fall
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department on current statistical consultation activities.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO312 Consultation
Spring
Dr. R. Betensky
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department on current statistical consultation activities.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO312 Consultation
Summer 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department on current statistical consultation activities.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO312 Consultation
Summer
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department on current statistical consultation activities.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO312 Consultation
Summer 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Work with members of the department on current statistical consultation activities.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO313 Computing
Fall
Dr. C. Li, Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO313 Computing
Spring
Dr. D. Wypij
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO313 Computing
Summer
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required; students may register for a maximum of 5 credits in the summer term.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Summer 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Summer
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO350 Research
Summer 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their written qualifying exam and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Summer 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Summer
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO400 Non-Resident Research
Summer 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their Written Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
BIO501 Linear and Longitudinal Regression
Summer 2
Dr. G. Fitzmaurice
2.5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. 5 1.75-hour sessions each week.
This course is intended for students who are already very comfortable with fundamental techniques in statistics. The course will cover methods for building and interpreting linear regression models, including statistical assumptions and diagnostics, estimation and testing, and model building techniques. These models will be extended to handle data arising from longitudinal studies employing repeated measurement of subjects over time. Lectures will be accompanied by computing exercises using the SAS statistical package.
Course Note: BIO200, or BIO201, or BIO206, or BIO202 and BIO203 is required. Ordinal grading option only. Lab or section will be announced at first meeting
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
BIO503 Introduction to Programming and Statistical Modeling in R
WinterSession
Dr. A. Culhane, Dr. S. Bentink, Dr. J. Quankenbush
1.25 credits
Seminars. Five 3-hour sessions during WinterSession
This course is an introduction to R, a powerful and flexible statistical language and environment that also provides more flexible graphics capabilities than other popular statistical packages. The course will introduce students to the basics of using R for statistical programming, computation, graphics, and modeling. We will start with a basic introduction to the R language, reading and writing data, and graphics. We then discuss writing functions in R and tips on programming in R. Finally, the latter part of the course will focus on using R to fit some important types of statistical models, including linear regression, generalized linear models, generalized additive models, and mixed effects models.
Our goal is to get students up and running with R such that they can use R in their research and are in a good position to expand their knowledge of R on their own. Basic knowledge of statistics at the level of a basic understanding of linear regression is required.
Course note: Pass/Fail or audit grading option only.
Course Evaluations
BIO504 Introduction to Geographical Information Systems Using ArcGIS
WinterSession
Dr. S. Srinivasan, Dr. C. Paciorek (S)
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
1.25 credits
Lectures. Five 3.5 hour sessions each week.
This course introduces Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and their applications. GIS is a combination of software and hardware with capabilities for manipulating, analyzing and displaying spatially referenced information. Emphasis on learning practical skills using ArcGIS software. Five combined lecture/lab sessions. (10.06)
Course Evaluations
BIO505 Database Design and Usage for Health Research
WinterSession
Dr. J. White, Dr. J. Quackenbush
1.25 credits
Lectures. Eight 2-hour sessions.
Essential concepts needed to design, implement, and use a database using Oracle Express. Principles of relational database structures and objects, Structured Query Language (SQL), security concepts, schema design, referential integrity, and basic database administration. Students will learn to produce reports and datasets that can be imported into a statistical analysis package. Special emphasis on studies that incorporate high dimensional genetics and genomic data.
Course Note: Ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
BIO506 Introduction to Computational Biology
WinterSession
Dr. W. Hide, Dr. J. Quackenbush, Dr. D. Osterbur
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Five 8-hours sessions in winter session.
This is an introductory course intended for broad audience seeking an intensive introduction into the application of computational biology in genomics. The aim is to provide students with ability to navigate datasets and public resources so that they can manipulate their high dimensional data and perform appropriate analyses to solve computational biology problems. Students will be introduced to biology principles and genome technologies. They will gain understanding of tools available both on the web and also through the UNIX command line. They will be introduced to scripting and data set manipulation. Students will gain an understanding of the vocabulary of computation biology, its computational tools, data management, and analysis of large-scale biological datasets builds around real world problems undertaken in a project format. Techniques interpreting genomic data will be presented in a mixed lecture and practical workshop format.
Course Note: Ordinal Grading Option Only.
Course Evaluations
DBS205 Biological Sciences Seminars
Fall
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-219
Dr. M. Wessling-Resnick
5 credits
Seminars. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week.
Faculty present seminars on their current research in the biological sciences and direct a student discussion of the logic and experimental design of this research. Topics include chemical and viral carcinogenesis, DNA damage and repair, immunology, molecular biology, metabolism, cardiovascular disease, parasitology, and how these areas apply to public health issues.
Course Note: Required for first-year students in the DBS/BPH program; ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
DBS300 Laboratory Rotations
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Laboratories. 12-20 hours each week.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Offers hands-on experimental methods of research in the biological sciences. Students perform individualized and original laboratory work. Includes participation in seminars, journal clubs, and assigned readings.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
DBS300 Laboratory Rotations
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Laboratories. 12-20 hours each week.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Offers hands-on experimental methods of research in the biological sciences. Students perform individualized and original laboratory work. Includes participation in seminars, journal clubs, and assigned readings.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
DBS301 Special Seminar
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Topics and meeting time to be determined.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
DBS301 Special Seminar
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Topics and meeting time to be determined.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
DBS350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
DBS350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EH201 Introduction to Environmental Health
Fall 2
Dr. R. Goldman
2.5 credits
Interactive lectures in-class, case discussions and option for on-line discussions. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course offers a general introduction to environmental health from local to global, addressing fundamental topics and current controversies. The first part of the course covers core topics that prepare students to more fully understand and address environmental health issues: toxicology, exposure assessment, environmental epidemiology, risk assessment/risk management, air pollution, water pollution, and environmental justice. Using the tools from the first part of the course, students then participate in sessions on occupational health, children's health and the environment, injuries, climate change and health, the built environment/urban sprawl, and debates concerning pesticide use.Students can actively engage with the course material through in-class and online, case discussions, debates, and review of environment-related current events. This course provides an excellent introductory foundation in environmental health for all professional master's degree candidates, whether or not specializing in environmental health. The course fulfills the environmental health requirement for all professional master's degree programs.
Activities: Two brief graded written assignments (assigned written case analysis and pesticide debate position); final individual case project, in-class, on-line discussions and exercises.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH201 Introduction to Environmental Health
Summer 2
Dr. R. Goldman, Dr. M. Kile
2.5 credits
Interactive lectures in-class, case discussions and option for on-line discussions. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course offers a general introduction to environmental health from local to global, addressing fundamental topics and current controversies. The first part of the course covers core topics that prepare students to more fully understand and address environmental health issues: toxicology, exposure assessment, environmental epidemiology, risk assessment/risk management, air pollution, water pollution, and environmental justice. Using the tools from the first part of the course, students then participate in sessions on occupational health, children's health and the environment, injuries, climate change and health, the built environment/urban sprawl, and debates concerning pesticide use.Students can actively engage with the course material through in-class and online, case discussions, debates, and review of environment-related current events. This course provides an excellent introductory foundation in environmental health for all professional master's degree candidates, whether or not specializing in environmental health. The course fulfills the environmental health requirement for all professional master's degree programs.
Activities: Two brief graded written assignments (assigned written case analysis and pesticide debate position); final individual case project, in-class, on-line discussions and exercises.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH202 Principles of Environmental Health
Spring 1
Dr. D. Dockery, Dr. M. Kile
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is appropriate for students interested in learning quantitative methods for assessing environmental exposures and hazards. This course is directed at first year Environmental Health students and MPH students with specific interest or experience in environmental health or for those students who have taken EH 201. Students who have taken EH 201 can take EH 202 as a sequel for more intensive training in environmental health. Students will learn methods for quantitative evaluation and public health responses to environmental hazards through lectures, problem solving, and case studies. The course is structured around specific tools including exposure assessment, epidemiology, toxicology and pathophysiology, risk assessment, life cycle analysis, and environmental policy.
Course Evaluations
EH205 Human Physiology
Fall
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-208 and at HMS as BPH-728.0
Dr. S. Shore, Dr. N. Long Sieber
5 credits
Lectures, laboratory. Two 2-hour sessions each week, including 1 laboratory meeting during the semester.
As an introduction to the principles governing function in the human body, this course is designed to provide a framework in physiology for future public health researchers and professionals who have not taken college level physiology courses. Emphasis is placed on the concept of homeostasis and on integrative aspects of physiology. Examples of pathophysiology and environmental physiology will highlight these processes.
Course Activities: Problem sets, exams, laboratory.
Course Note: College-level introductory biology or permission of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH208 Pathophysiology of Human Disease
Spring
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-210 and at HMS as BPH-729.0
Division of Biological Sciences and Department of Environmental Health
Dr. L. Kobzik
5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Surveys major human disease problems in the cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic, reproductive and gastrointestinal systems. Emphasis on understanding the pathophysiologic basis of common disease manifestations and the pathogenesis of the disease process. Relevant public health perspectives on the epidemiology or control of diseases are also integrated.
Course Note: College level physiology, EH 205, or equivalent required; cross-listed course, HSPH students must register for HSPH course. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH223 Advanced Respiratory Physiology
Fall
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-206
Dr. J. Butler
5 credits
Lectures, demonstrations. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week.
This course will cover in depth three major aspects of pulmonary physiology. At the level of structure, lung mechanics in health and disease will be described, along with pulmonary function tests and their interpretation. At the level of function, gas exchange with blood will be emphasized, with quantitative emphases on the distributions of
ventilation and perfusion. The control of breathing will be explored, with an emphasis on dyspnea and the role of chemical drive and its modulation. Special topics may include, amoung other themes, aerosol transport and deposition, host defense and the inflammatory response, and airway hyperactivity in asthma.
Text:
1. J.B. West, Respiratory Physiology, 5th edition, Williams and Wilkens, Baltimore, 2004
2. J.B. West, Pulmonary Pathophysiology, 5th edition, Williams and Wilkens, Baltimore, 2003.
Optional resource text: E.R. Weibel, The Pathway for Oxygen, Harvard Univ. Press, 1984
There will be one midterm exam, a research paper with class presentation, and a final. Homework consists in studying text material and lecture notes, and classroom participation in discussion of provocative and nontrivial questions raised during the previous class.
Course Note: EH 205 or equivalent or college-level physiology strongly suggested.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH225 Advanced Topics in Physiology
Spring
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-207 and at HMS as BPH-727.0
Dr. J. Fredberg
5 credits
Lectures, supervised independent study. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week.
This course provides opportunities for students interested in the respiratory system to focus on special topics in lung biology. This year's emphasis will be on the fundamental physical basis and quantitative description of chemical, electrical and mechanical signaling within the cell. Specific topics covered will include passive diffusion, facilitated diffusion, solvent and solvent transport, channels, action potentials, membrane transport, receptor-ligand binding.
Course Activities: Students will explore one particular aspect and write a major research paper. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH231 Occupational Health Policy and Administration
Spring
Dr. C. Langer (P), Dr. D. Christiani (S)
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Examines the legal, regulatory and economic foundations of occupational health activities in the United States. Discusses the roles of government, unions, corporations, and research organizations. Helps students acquire an understanding of management functions in corporations.
Course Activities: Students develop the necessary knowledge and skills in the above areas to apply medico-legal and risk management principles to achieve a healthful workplace. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH232 Introduction to Occupational and Environmental Medicine
Spring
Dr. S. Kales, Dr. D. Christiani
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
Overview of Occupational and Environmental Medicine including: the diagnosis and management of illnesses following exposure to specific workplace substances, environmental and community hazards, such as asbestos, lead, organic solvents, and vibration; methods of diagnosis of early organ system effects of chemicals and techniques for assessing impairment and disability; as well as, medicolegal aspects of occupational health.
Course Activities: Mid-term exam and Final exam.
Course Prerequisites: This is a clinical and preventive medicine course. The material is taught at a post-graduate level, and a medical or allied health background is required. The majority of students will be physicians, nurses, dentists, pharmacists and students in those fields. Persons without prior biomedical training may NOT take the class for an ordinal grade. Such students are welcome to audit the class. In certain exceptions, if discussed with the instructors, such students may be granted permission by the instructors to take the course on a pass/fail basis.
Course Note: Basic course in toxicology recommended; instructor's signature required if student has not completed prerequisite. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH236 Epidemiology of Environmental & Occupational Health Regulations
Fall
Dr. G. Wagner, Dr. D. Wegman, Dr. J. Cavallari ,Dr. K. Miller Applebaum
5 credits
Seminars, case studies. One 3-hour session each week.
Provides students with the opportunity to review the scientific basis for the association of selected occupational and environmental exposures and disease. Special emphasis is placed on the evaluation of the epidemiologic literature, cancer, and respiratory disease. Attention is directed to the interface of science and regulatory policy and the role of risk analysis in setting health standards.
Course Activities: Discussions based on the process leading to setting of standards.
Course Notes: Prerequisites: BIO200, BIO201 or BIO202, and EPI200 or EPI201, and EH201 or EH202 required. Ordinal grading option only. Formerly EH235.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH241 Occupational Safety and Injury Prevention
Spring
Dr. J. Dennerlein, Mr. R. Youngstrom, Mr. R. Spielvogel
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course in occupational safety works towards the prevention of work-related injury and illnesses through proactive management and control of workplace hazards. The primary objectives of the course are to: (1) identify fundamental workplace hazards, (2) develop a basis of basic government and voluntary regulations, (3) understand issues pertaining to specific and different industries, and (4) understand various safety management programs.
Course Activities: Lectures and group discussions, and a term project.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH243 Ergonomics/Human Factors
Fall
Dr. J. Dennerlein, Mr. T. Courtney, Dr. V. Ciriello
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
Occupational ergonomics applies the fundamental science and theories of epidemiology, physiology, biomechanics, and psychology, to name a few, to the design and implementation of physical environments with the goal of optimizing system performance and human well-being. Within the public health framework, ergonomics focuses on the prevention of work-related musculoskeletal disorders, injury and disability, especially those associates with lifting and repetitive tasks. Prevention efforts will focus on redesigning of sick jobs and a systematic and process approach to physical ergonomics programs.
Course Activities: Lectures and group discussions, and a term project analyzing a real world job.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH250 Protecting Workers & Communities from Hazardous Substances
Spring
Dr. S. Rudnick, Mr. K. Martin, Mr. R. Spielvogel
2.5 credits
Not offered 2005-2006. Course offered alternate years.
Lectures, laboratory sessions, field trip. One 2-hour session each week.
This course covers the recognition, evaluation, and control of worker and community exposure to hazardous substances. Particular emphasis is placed on remediation of hazardous waste sites, emergency response activities and related operations.
Course Activities: Written reports, class discussions and "hands-on" activities. Forty-hour Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response certification may be awarded depending upon student's curriculum.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH253 Ventilation
Spring
Dr. S. Rudnick, Mr. L. DiBerardinis
2.5 credits
Course offered 2009-2010; offered alternate years.
Lectures, laboratory sessions, field trip. One 2-hour session each week.
This course covers the ventilation systems used to protect industrial workers and to provide healthy indoor air quality in buildings.
Course Activities: Class discussion, problem-solving assignments, "hands-on" activities.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH254 Evaluation and Control of Noise and Vibration
Spring
Dr. S. Rudnick
2.5 credits
Course offered 2007-2008; Offered alternate years.
Lectures, laboratory sessions, field trips. One 2-hour session each week.
This course covers the fundamental principles, evaluation, and control of noise and vibration with an emphasis on protecting workers and, to a lesser extent, the surrounding community.
Course Activities: Lectures, class discussion, problem solving assignments, lab, and class project.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH256 Introduction to Aerobiology
Fall
Dr. J. McDevitt, Dr. D. Milton, Mr. M. Muilenberg, Dr. C. Rogers
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course emphasizes the pathways from reservoirs for biological-source disease agents to the ultimate response. Characteristics of the organism and their associated disease agents, biological and physical factors affecting aerosol formation, dispersion and decay, exposure factors, dose response data, and mechanisms of the disease processes are included, as are approaches for investigation, research design and risk assessment.
Course Activities: Lectures, discussions, quizzes and a research paper. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH257 Water Pollution
Spring
Dr. J. Shine
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is designed to teach an understanding of the basic principles of water pollution and water pollution issues on local, regional and global scales. The course will begin with a discussion of the basic chemical, physical and biological properties of water and water contaminants. Subsequent lectures will cover specific chemical and biological contaminants in ground, surface, and marine waters; sources, fate, transport, and transformation of contaminants; monitoring techniques, water source protection and resource management; water and wastewater treatment; transmission of waterborne disease; toxicological concerns of chemicals in water, including disinfection byproducts; and interactions with the air and land environments. Invited lecturers will cover issues such as harmful algal blooms, groundwater modeling, coastal zone management, and regulatory approaches for aquatic ecosystem protection.
Course Activities: Class discussions, homework assignments, exams and final project. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH262 Introduction to the Work Environment
Fall
Dr. R. Herrick, Dr. J. Stewart
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
The course comprises introductory lectures and discussions on key aspects of industrial hygiene and occupational health covering recognition, evaluation and control of health hazards at work. Consideration is given to chemical, physical and biological hazards, and the criteria for the evaluation of each.
Course Activities: Written projects, class discussions, demonstrations.
Course Note: While intended primarily for students planning a career in occupational health, this course provides background to the subject for students studying environmental issues and is strongly recommended for students intending to take ID263. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH263 Analytical Methods and Exposure Assessment
Spring
Dr. H. Suh
5 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007; offered alternate years.
Lectures, field work. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will examine methodological issues associated with the design and execution of studies designed to measure environmental exposure to chemical and biological contaminants. The first half of the course will be lecture based, and will address topics such as: study design issues, implementation of quality control/ quality assurance programs, data analysis, protocols for sampling air, water, sediments, and soil for contaminants of concern, and analytical techniques used to measure chemical and biological constituents in the laboratory. During the second half of the semester, groups of students will design and execute their own field investigation using these techniques. The design and results of these projects are presented in class.
Course Activities: Lectures, written reports, problem sets, exams, class presentations, field work and final paper.
Course Note: Signature of instructor required for students not in the Exposure, Epidemiology and Risk Program. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH264 Water Systems Management
Fall
TBA
2.5 credits
Not Offered 2007-2008
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Provides students with an understanding of water engineering principles, emphasizing design and treatment of water supply systems in developing and developed countries.
Course Activities: Oral and written projects, class discussions, two field trips.
Course Note: Ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH267 Indust Hygiene/Ergo Internship & Environmental Sciences Rsch Sem
Spring
Dr. R. Herrick, Dr. J. Dennerlein, Dr. P. Koutrakis
2.5 credits
Seminars, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Material for this course is required for Industrial Hygiene and Ergonomics concentrators doing the Internship Program and for Exposure, Epidemiology and Risk Program students doing research. The objective of the course is to refine communication skills. Students are required to prepare their own report, peer-review others and present the results.
Course Activities: Students present seminars on their recent internship or research projects.
Course Note: Instructor's signature required; ordinal credit only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH269 Exposure Assessment for Environmental&Occupational Epidemiology
Spring
Dr. T. Smith, Dr. D. Dockery
2.5 credits
Lectures, readings, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Reviews the methods used to characterize environmental and occupational exposures. Presents approaches for biologically based exposure assessment matched to epidemiologic designs. Emphasizes evaluation of scientific literature.
Course Activities: Students will critique 4 case study papers. Instructors will provide feedback.
Course Note: Course recommended for doctoral and post-doctoral students in epidemiology, environmental science and engineering, and environmental biostatistics. Strongly recommend EH215 be taken concurrently or previously. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH270 Environmental Risk Management
WinterSession
Dr. R. Pojasek, Dr. J. Spengler
5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One day lecture; half day seminar and work on the case study (six hours during each week.)
Students will learn the skill of using problem solving tools for dealing with environment, health and safety problems and managing the associated environmental risks. A number of tools are presented within a systems approach. These tools are widely used by industries and governmental organizations throughout the world. The student should be prepared to use these skills in team environments once they graduate from Harvard. Means of measuring progress and managing programs using the systems approach will be presented and discussed.
Course Activities: A term paper will be completed by small groups on an actual project on a Harvard campus or local institution. This will reinforce the skills gained in class. Course will meet Tuesdays, January 3, 10, 17, 24 from 9 am to 4 pm and Fridays, January 6, 13, 20 from 9 am to 3 pm.
Course Note: Ordinal grading only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH273 Industrial Hygiene/Ergonomics Internship
Fall
Dr. R. Herrick, Dr. J. Dennerlein
20 credits
Field work. Normal working hours of the host organization, in addition to time required for relevant reading.
The student works in an industrial or similar workplace under the direction of a qualified and experienced industrial hygienist or ergonomist (a mentor.) Generally the first half of the six-month period is devoted to learning evaluation techniques (e.g. personal air sampling, direct reading instrumentation, ventilation measurements,) and the second half to studying some specific hazard or problem in depth, and preparing material for presentation in the succeeding course, EH267.
Course Note: Completion of the first year of the two-year masters degree program in Industrial Hygiene required, ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH277 Genetic Epidemiology and Gene Mapping
Spring 1
Dr. Xin Xu, Dr. T. Niu
2.5 credits
Course offered 2006-2007; offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This multidisciplinary course is designed to provide a state-of-the-art guide to the emerging fields of modern genetic epidemiology and gene mapping in complex disorders. The completion of the Human Genome Project by 2003 will bring paradigmatic shifts of future human genetic epidemiologic studies. This course provides a comprehensive overview of the background of epidemiologic studies, epidemiologic methods and study designs, family and sib pair ascertainment, gene mapping technologies, computer software, data analysis, and interpretation. It will also explore a number of innovative new approaches for mapping genes of complex human diseases. In addition, the course will address the issues of genetic susceptibility, gene-gene interactions, and gene-environment interactions underlying common human diseases.
Course Activities: Preparatory readings required for each lecture. Grades will be based on homework assignments, a quiz, and class participation.
Course Note: EPI 201 and BIO 211, BIO 200, BIO 201 or BIO 202 and BIO 203 required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH278 Human Health and Global Environmental Change
Spring 2
Dr. A. Bernstein, Dr. M. Kile
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Human activity has changed the atmosphere and altered terrestrial and marine ecosystems on a global scale for the first time in history. Evidence is mounting that these changes may already be having serious effects on human health, and there is growing concern that in coming decades the effects could be catastrophic. This course will examine in detail climate change and biodiversity loss as two primary examples of global environmental change and their human health dimensions. The challenges of addressing global environmental problems from a public policy and communications standpoint will also be explored. A multi-disciplinary faculty will provide an integrated assessment of these issues. The course will be open to all students at Harvard University, but preference will be given to students from HSPH, HMS, and KSG, as well as to Environmental Science Public Policy majors in the Faculty of Arts and Sciences.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH279 Radiation Environment:Its Identification, Evaluation & Control
Fall
Dr. E. Maher
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. One 2-hour session each week
Starting with the fundamentals of radiation protection, this course then treats in-depth selected topics in occupational and environmental radiation protection (e.g. risk assessment of exposures to diagnostic and therapeutic x rays; use of lung and metabolic models in evaluation of the hazard from inhalation and ingestion of radioactive chemicals; hazard from indoor radon; radiological assessments regarding nuclear power, war, and radiological terrorism; hazards from microwaves, cellular phones and other sources of nonionizing radiation; case studies of radiation accidents; management of university and hospital radiation programs). The course has been developed with the needs of students enrolled in environmental science and engineering, occupational health and the MPH program in mind.
Course Activities: Class discussions, homework assignments. Students will prepare a term position paper and oral presentation defending their stand on a controversial subject of their choice in a form suitable for consideration by management.
Course Note: Minimum enrollment of 10 students required; enrollment limited to 15 students; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH280 Field Methods in Environmental Health
WinterSession
Dr. R. Herrick, Dr. J. Levy, Dr. J. Shine, Dr. J. Stewart, Dr. J. Dennerlein
2.50 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007
Lectures, case studies, labs. Twelve 3-hour sessions. Fieldwork.
Students will gain experience at making evaluations, taking measurements and collecting samples in the field, covering the range of media and settings we work in-that is, the workplace, the indoor environment, and the community environment. Students will gain familiarity with measurement and evaluation methods for a range of environmental hazards and risk factors, by using the equipment, practicing the techniques, and analyzing and interpreting their findings.
These goals will be accomplished through a set of four case studies, each of which will be coordinated by a faculty member. The case topics are: Occupational Environment (Bob Herrick), Water and Land (Jim Shine), Outdoor Air (Jon Levy), Indoor Environment (Jim Stewart) and Ergonomics (Jack Dennerlein.)
Each case consists of a two-day block, divided as follows:
Pre-class: Background readings assigned, including description of the case posted on the course i-commons site.
Day 1: Class meets in the morning, case is presented, discussion and questions, class prepares plan of field activities, then goes to a field site to conduct evaluation using tools and methods as planned in the morning session.
Day 2: Class meets in the morning, analyzes data and findings from field activities, interprets information, prepares summary.
The expectation is that each case will include about six hours of classroom time and twelve hours of outside time, including the field site visit. The structure of each case may vary slightly depending on the nature of the case.
Course note: No auditors. (12.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH282 Injury Epidemiology and Prevention
Spring 2
D. Lombardi, M. Perry
2.5 credits
Course offered alternate years; next offering spring 2009.
Seminar. One 3-hour session each week.
This course will focus on the use of epidemiological methods to study injuries and their prevention. Topics covered include designing surveillance systems and analytic studies, measuring exposures and outcomes, and implementing prevention programs. Injury categories will focus on occupational and nonoccupational contexts, and intentional and non-intentional sources of injuries.
Course notes: EPI 200 or EPI 201 required; no auditors
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH285 Industrial Ecology and Life Cycle Assessment
Fall
Department of Environmental Health and the Department of Health Policy and Management
Dr. G. Norris, Dr. J. Spengler
5.0 credits
Course offered 2008-2009. Offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One 3-hour session each week. Additional special web Base software sessions.
Policy-makers, communities, civil society, academics and business leaders around the world are increasingly concerned about the environmental and social impacts of production and consumption.
Part of the response is the increasing use by industry and governments of Life Cycle Analysis (LCA), a growing and diversifying set of methods for systems analysis of environmental, economic, and social impacts of products systems. This course will enable participants to develop a hands-on, in-depth understanding of the frameworks, principles, tools, and applications of life cycle assessment.
The course is designed to enable participants to become capable and self-reflective practitioners of LCA. Thus, we will delve into the methods of life cycle assessment, working practical problems of real-world significance using state-of-the-art software and data. Once we have developed a practical and in-depth understanding of these methods, we will go further, to consider the strengths, weaknesses, barriers and opportunities associated with current application of the methods in industry and policymaking. Finally, we will look at emerging US and global trends in life cycle methods and application, as this field is increasingly called upon, since the Johannesburg 2002 World Summit on Sustainable Development, to address the full spectrum of social, economic, and environmental aspects of sustainability. (8.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH290 Research in Physiology
Fall 1
Dr. J. Godleski, Dr. J. Fredberg
2.5 credits per period enrolled
Seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Focuses on the design, conduct, and analysis of research in physiology. Includes laboratory experience and the acquisition of original data and culminates in the presentation of a research project at a national meeting and in the preparation of a paper suitable for publication.
Course Note: No auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH290 Research in Physiology
Fall 2
Dr. J. Godleski, Dr. J. Fredberg
2.5 credits per period enrolled
Seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Focuses on the design, conduct, and analysis of research in physiology. Includes laboratory experience and the acquisition of original data and culminates in the presentation of a research project at a national meeting and in the preparation of a paper suitable for publication.
Course Note: No auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH290 Research in Physiology
Spring 1
Dr. J. Godleski, Dr. J. Fredburg
2.5 credits per period enrolled
Seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Focuses on the design, conduct, and analysis of research in physiology. Includes laboratory experience and the acquisition of original data and culminates in the presentation of a research project at a national meeting and in the preparation of a paper suitable for publication.
Course Note: No auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH290 Research in Physiology
Spring 2
Dr. J. Godleski, Dr. J. Fredberg
2.5 credits per period enrolled
Seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Focuses on the design, conduct, and analysis of research in physiology. Includes laboratory experience and the acquisition of original data and culminates in the presentation of a research project at a national meeting and in the preparation of a paper suitable for publication.
Course Note: No auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH292 Properties and Behavior of Airborne Particles
Spring
Dr. S. Rudnick
2.5 credits
Course offered 2007-2008; offered alternate years.
Lectures, lab. One 2-hour session each week.
This course covers the fundamental properties, assessment, and control of airborne particles.
Course Activities: Lectures, class discussions, problem-solving assignments, lab. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH296 Occupational Biomechanics
Spring
Dr. J. Dennerlein
5.0 Credits
Course offered 2006-2007. Offered alternate years.
Lecutures. One 3-hour session each week
This course is a presentation of the anatomical and physiological basis for understanding and predicting human motor capabilities and limitations in the occupational setting. Quantitative models are developed to explain muscle strength performance, physical fatigue, and acute and chronic musculoskeletal trauma to the low back and upper extremities. Particular emphasis will be placed on the evaluation and design of manual activities in various occupations. The course will be organized for discussion-based learning. Students are expected to attend all classes and participate in the discussions. There will be extensive work in quantitative modeling, both in class and through homework problems.
Course note: EH243, EH263 or signature of the instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH297 Atmospheric Environment Seminars
Spring
Dr. P. Koutrakis, Dr. D. Dockery, Dr. S. Hanna, Dr. H. Suh, Dr. A. Eschenroeder
5.0 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The beginning of the course identifies the hazardous and criteria air pollutants in terms of their potentials for adverse health impacts. Regulatory efforts to protect environmental health are examined. Next, the sources and controls are described in terms of the responses of the technology world to these regulatory requirements. Atmospheric phenomena affecting human exposure are covered. In place of mid-term and final examinations, each student will prepare and present two seminars based on individual investigation and analysis of the literature. One will address a topic in air quality, and the other, will analyze a journal article along with all of its implications. Both written and oral presentations will be required.
Course Evaluations
EH298 Environmental Epigenetics
WinterSession
Dr. A. Baccarelli
Winter Session
2.5 Credits
Lectures, readings, case studies. Ten 3-hour morning sessions.
Epigenetics is a fast growing field, with increasing applicability in environmental and epidemiology studies, focusing on the alterations in chromatin structure that can stably and heritably influence gene expression. Epigenetic changes can be as profound as those exerted by mutation, but, unlike mutations, are reversible and responsive to environmental influences. The course will focus on epigenetic mechanisms and laboratory methods for DNA methylamine, his tone modifications, small non-coding RNAs, and epigenomics. Ongoing experimental, and epidemiology studies (cohort, case-control, cross-sectional and repeated measurement studies) will be presented to introduce the students to the epigenetic effects in prenatal/early and adult life of environmental factors, including air pollution, metals, pesticides, benzene, PCBs, persistent organic pollutants, and diet. The course will enable them to understand and apply epigenetic methods in multiple areas, including cardiovascular and respiratory disease, aging, reproductive health, inflammation/immunity, and cancer.
Course Evaluations
EH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Opportunities are provided for independent studies in the fields of aerosol technology, air pollution control, environmental health management, environmental epidemiology, environmental microbiology, industrial hygiene and ventilation, nuclear medicine, occupational medicine, radiological health, respiratory biology, respiratory epidemiology, injury epidemiology, ergonomics, and solid waste management.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Opportunities are provided for independent studies in the fields of aerosol technology, air pollution control, environmental health management, environmental epidemiology, environmental microbiology, industrial hygiene and ventilation, nuclear medicine, occupational medicine, radiological health, respiratory biology, respiratory epidemiology, injury epidemiology, ergonomics, and solid waste management.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Opportunities are provided for independent studies in the fields of aerosol technology, air pollution control, environmental health management, environmental epidemiology, environmental microbiology, industrial hygiene and ventilation, nuclear medicine, occupational medicine, radiological health, respiratory biology, respiratory epidemiology, injury epidemiology, ergonomics, and solid waste management.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Opportunities are provided for independent studies in the fields of aerosol technology, air pollution control, environmental health management, environmental epidemiology, environmental microbiology, industrial hygiene and ventilation, nuclear medicine, occupational medicine, radiological health, respiratory biology, respiratory epidemiology, injury epidemiology, injury epidemiology, ergonomics, and solid waste management.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Opportunities are provided for independent studies in the fields of aerosol technology, air pollution control, environmental health management, environmental epidemiology, environmental microbiology, industrial hygiene and ventilation, nuclear medicine, occupational medicine, radiological health, respiratory biology, respiratory epidemiology, injury epidemiology, ergonomics, and solid waste management.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Opportunities are provided for independent studies in the fields of aerosol technology, air pollution control, environmental health management, environmental epidemiology, environmental microbiology, industrial hygiene and ventilation, nuclear medicine, occupational medicine, radiological health, respiratory biology, respiratory epidemiology, injury epidemiology, ergonomics, and solid waste management.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Opportunities are provided for independent studies in the fields of aerosol technology, air pollution control, environmental health management, environmental epidemiology, environmental microbiology, industrial hygiene and ventilation, nuclear medicine, occupational medicine, radiological health, respiratory biology, respiratory epidemiology, injury epidemiology, ergonomics, and solid waste management.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH303 Industrial Hygiene/Ergonomics Internship
Fall
Dr. R. Herrick, Dr. J. Dennerlein
20 credits
Field work. Normal working hours of the company, in addition to time required for relevant reading.
The student works in an industrial or similar workplace under the direction of a qualified and experienced industrial hygienist (a mentor). Generally, the first half of the six-month period is devoted to learning evaluation techniques (e.g., personal air sampling, direct reading instrumentation, ventilation measurements), and the second half to studying some specific hazard or problem in depth, and preparing material for presentation in the succeeding course, EH 267.
Course Note: Completion of the first year of the two-year master's degree program in Industrial Hygiene required; ordinal grading option only; no auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH330 Field Work
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Supervised site visits and field research projects are available in medical, industrial hygiene, and environmental health departments of industries and governmental agencies. Students in the various programs in occupational health may receive one credit for one week of fieldwork in the WinterSession. Students participating in the industrial hygiene internship program receive 20 credits for fieldwork associated with their internship and should register for the internship through EH 273.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail option only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking.
advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EH350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EH400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work on the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EH504 Principles of Toxicology
Fall
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-215 and at HMS as BPH-713.0
Dr. R. Wright
5 credits
Lectures, case studies, labs. Two 2-hour classes each week.
The course is designed to expose students to the principles and methods that should be used to determine whether a causal relationship exists between specific doses of an agent and an alleged adverse effect, observed primarily in humans. Integration of principles and methods of toxicology is extremely important since the primary purpose of toxicology is to predict human toxicity. Toxicological data obtained in animal studies must be placed in proper relationship to the exposure observed in the human population. The course deals with organ systems and whole organisms but relies on an understanding of the mechanistic approaches covered in EH508. Key target organs, selected classes of toxic agents and the application of toxicological principles are covered. Students are assigned a topic for a short presentation.
Course notes: Organic chemistry and mammalian physiology or equivalents required; instructor's signature required if student has not met prerequisites; required lab. This course may be taken for either 5.0 credits or 2.5 credits. To register for 2.5 credits, select section 02 (pass/fail grading option).
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH504 Principles of Toxicology
Fall
Dr. R. Wright
2.5 Credits
Lectures, case studies, labs. Two 2-hour classes each week.
Course Begins on Thursday, October 8, 2009
The course is designed to expose students to the principles and methods that should be used to determine whether a causal relationship exists between specific doses of an agent and an alleged adverse effect, observed primarily in humans. Integration of principles and methods of toxicology is extremely important since the primary purpose of toxicology is to predict human toxicity. Toxicological data obtained in animal studies must be placed in proper relationship to the exposure observed in the human population. The course deals with organ systems and whole organisms but relies on an understanding of the mechanistic approaches covered in EH508. Key target organs, selected classes of toxic agents and the application of toxicological principles are covered. Students are assigned a topic for a short presentation.
Course notes: Organic chemistry and mammalian physiology or equivalents required; instructor's signature required if student has not met prerequisites; required lab. This course may be taken for either 5.0 credits or 2.5 credits. To register for 5.0 credits, select section 01 (ordinal grading option).
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH506 Advanced Seminar in Aerobiology
Spring
Dr. D. Milton, Dr. J. McDevitt
2.5 credits
Course offered 2006-2007; alternate year course.
Seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
The advanced seminar in aerobiology will include structured reading and laboratories designed for advanced masters students and for doctoral students and presentations of students' work and research proposals with emphasis on implications for study design and data analysis. Each will be followed by submission of a brief written summary incorporating insights gained from class discussion. We will cover airborne infection, health effects of animal allergens, endotoxin, taxonomy of important allergenic and toxic fungi, exposure assessment, data analysis and case studies. The emphasis on structured reading and student work will vary from year to year depending on the needs of the students enrolled.
Course Activities: Presentations, written critiques, responses to presentations and a written research proposal for an aerobiological investigation relevant to public health.
Course Note: Signature of instructor required; EH256 or permission of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH507 Environmental Exposure, Epidemiology and Risk Practicum
Fall
Dr. F. Laden, Dr. J. Levy, Dr. R. Herrick
5.0 credits
Seminars. One 3-hour session each week
The practicum is designed to allow Exposure, Epidemiology, and Risk (EER) Program students to integrate what they have learned and to apply this knowledge in the evaluation of a problem of importance. Each student must design and conduct an independent analysis of an environmental problem. Student projects must demonstrate analytical sophistication and critical interpretation of relevant science in support of decision making. Each student must prepare a written report and make an oral presentation of results to the EER faculty.
Course note: The practicum is restricted to students in the EER masters and doctoral program; instructor's signature required; ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH510 Fundamentals of Human Environmental Exposure Assessment
Fall
Dr. A. Lu, Dr. D. Macintosh
2.50 credits
Lecture and computer workshops. One 2-hour session each week.
This course is designed to provide the tools and foundations necessary to understand the fate and transport of environmental contaminants in various environmental media and to estimate their impact on human exposure. The course will consider human exposure assessment in the context of risk assessment. Physical-chemical properties of contaminants and environmental media will be considered as they relate to developing basic models of human exposure.
Course Activities: Class discussion, computer workshops, lectures, homework assignments, final exam.
Course Note: Calculus and chemistry required; course required for all EER Program students.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH512 Interdisciplinary Training in Pulmonary Sciences Part I
Fall
Dr. D. Tschumperlin, Dr. Q. Lu
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 1-hour sessions each week.
The intersection of environment and health is by necessity an interdisciplinary focus. The most promising advances in lung biology and respiratory disease are resulting from teams of scientists with diverse disciplinary training, including biology, medicine, engineering, and physics. In addition to a strong foundation in a specific discipline, the ability to recognize and act upon opportunities presented by outside disciplines is a crucial skill. This course is designed to train scientists to approach lung biology and respiratory diseases with an interdisciplinary perspective, in particular by bridging the gap between life sciences and physical/engineering sciences. With a focus on laboratory sciences and on mechanistic levels of understanding, course materials will cover 3 main problem areas: asthma, air pollution, and lung infection. The course consists of weekly course-meetings (lectures and case-studies) plus weekly research seminars from the physiology program. Students will gain skills in recognizing the relative strengths and weaknesses of different disciplinary approaches applied to pulmonary sciences, in designing interdisciplinary experiments effectively, and in interpreting interdisciplinary results critically.
Course Notes: Instructor's signature required.
Course Evaluations
EH513 Interdisciplinary Training in Pumonary Sciences, Part II
Spring
Dr. D. Tschumperlin, Dr. Q. Lu
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 1-hour sessions each week.
The intersection of environment and health is by necessity an interdisciplinary focus. The most promising advances in lung biology and respiratory disease are resulting from teams of scientists with diverse disciplinary training, including biology, medicine, engineering, and physics. In addition to a strong foundation in a specific discipline, the ability to recognize and act upon opportunities presented by outside disciplines is a crucial skill. This course is designed to train scientists to approach lung biology and respiratory diseases with an interdisciplinary perspective, in particular by bridging the gap between life sciences and physical/engineering sciences. With a focus on laboratory sciences and on mechanistic levels of understanding, course materials will cover 3 main problem areas: asthma, air pollution, and lung infection. The course consists of weekly course-meetings (lectures and case-studies) plus weekly research seminars from the physiology program. Students will gain skills in recognizing the relative strengths and weaknesses of different disciplinary approaches applied to pulmonary sciences, in designing interdisciplinary experiments effectively, and in interpreting interdisciplinary results critically.
Course Notes: Instructor's signature required.
Course Evaluations
EH515 Critical Readings: Mechanisms of Health Effects by Air Pollution
WinterSession
Dr. B. Gonzalez-Flecha, Dr. D. Dockery
1.25 credits
Not offered 2008-2009
Lectures, readings, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week during WinterSession
Reviews the mechanisms of toxicity of criteria air pollutants (ozone, nitrogen dioxide, particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, carbon monoxide and lead.) Presents current biological and epidemiological approaches to studying the health effects of air pollution. Particular focus on the pulmonary, cardiac and neurological health effects of air pollutants.
This is an interdisciplinary problem-based class. The students will work with selected scientific articles that present examples on how to study air pollutants. The central question/problem to be explored during the course will be "how to determine what causes health problems in individuals living in polluted cities." In the introductory class the students will be presented with a general introduction of criteria air pollutants, their sources, chemistry and toxicology, and they will be assigned review papers that discuss epidemiological, biochemical and toxicological methods to study the health effects of air pollutants. On the following classes the students will receive a brief review on each criteria pollutant and will discuss articles (case studies) presenting examples on how researchers in the fields of epidemiology, medicine and toxicology study the health effects of each individual pollutant. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH516 Environmental Genetics
WinterSession
Dr. A. Ettinger
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. 3 hours per day over the course of 11 class days during Winter Session. Course will be held at the Cyprus International Institute in Cyprus, January 5 - 21.
The interaction between genes and environmental and/or occupational exposures plays a major role in disease development. This course will focus on the underlying science of gene-exposure interactions and will use examples of such interactions and their health consequences. Gene-environment interactions will be discussed using an epidemiologic approach to address how genetic polymorphisms can influence susceptibility to disease. This course will enable students to understand and apply findings of genetic association studies and will consist of detailed evaluation of specific examples of gene-exposure interactions and their health consequences, as well as their social implications.
Course note: No Auditors. HSPH degree candidates only.
Course Evaluations
EH517 Ecotoxicology
WinterSession
Dr. P. Koutrakis
2.5 Credits
Lectures, 3 hours per day over the course of 10 class days during Winter Session. Course will be held at the Cyprus International Institute in Cyprus. Jan. 3 - 16, 2008.
This course will enable students to understand the major underlying principles in ecotoxicology, predict the fate and behavior of major groups of environmental pollutants, describe dose-response relationships, eco-toxicity testing methods and toxic effects of pollutants in wildlife, and appraise the suitability of biomarkers and sentinel species for bio-monitoring pollutants. Furthermore, students will become able to critically analyze the strengths and weaknesses of ecological risk assessment, and they will have a chance to complete a basic ecological risk assessment.
Course note: No auditors. HSPH degree candidates only.
Course Evaluations
EH518 Air Pollution Modeling
WinterSession
Dr. S. Hanna
Winter Session
2.5 Credits
Lectures, Discussions, Case Studies, Training with Software. Eight 4-hour sessions.
The Course Dates TBA
This course focuses on a description of air pollution models widely used in general applications by several agencies. The scientific basis of air pollution models is reviewed. A wide range of models is covered, including models for smoke stack plumes, for hazardous gas accidents, for traffic emissions, and for regional ozone and PM. A more in-depth review is given of the EPA's AERMOD model, which is used to calculate pollutant concentrations downwind of industrial stacks. One-quarter of the lecture period are devoted to hands-on software training with AERMOD, using real-world scenarios.
Course Note: EPA Technical manuals and users guides for their air quality models will be made available via web links.
Course Evaluations
EH520 Research Design in Environmental Health
Spring
Dr. J. Schwartz
2.5 Credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
The seminars consist of student presentation of plans for collection and analysis of data, with discussion by students and faculty. Preparatory work is done under tutorial arrangements with members of the faculty. The emphasis is on conceptual issues necessary for the development of a feasible and informative study.
Course Activities: Individual student paper and presentation, class discussion, oral critique of another student's research proposal and student and faculty critiques.
Course Note: This course is aimed primarily at environmental health doctoral students.
Course Evaluations
EH521 Environmental Cardiology
Fall 2
Dr. D. Dockery, Dr. A. Peters
1.25 Credits
Lecutres. One 2-hour lecture each week.
The course will assess the impact of the environment on the onset and exacerbation of cardiovascular diseases. Environmental exposures that have been implicated to impact cardiovascular disease are predominantly air pollution, second hand smoke, noise and heat. The course will present teaching examples showing the study designs applied in environmental epidemiology focusing on cardiovascular disease. Short-term health effects as well as health effects of continuous exposure over decades on the cardiovascular system by these environmental exposures will be demonstrated. The course will explore the evidence for the biological plausibility of the observed health effects and will highlight recent developments in this area concerning gene-environment interactions.
Course Note: Minimum enrollment of 5 required for course to be offered.
Course Evaluations
EH522 Indoor Environmental Quality and Health
Fall
Dr. P. Demokritou, Dr. J. Spengler
2.5 Credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
This course aims to introduce students to the concepts necessary for analyzing the indoor environments and help them to understand and address indoor environmental quality problems in the modern built environments and the link to health, comfort and productivity of the occupants. Emphasis is placed on understanding the nature of indoor air quality; indoor air pollutants, including their sources and health effects; generation and transport of pollutants; modeling of IAQ in buildings; modern building systems including Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning systems as well as air cleaning systems; IEQ regulations, guidelines and building standards; and procedures for assessing indoor air quality issues. This course aims to introduce students to the concepts necessary for analyzing the indoor environments and help them to understand and address indoor environmental quality problems in the modern built environments and the link to health, comfort and productivity of the occupants. Emphasis is placed on understanding the nature of indoor air quality; indoor air pollutants, including their sources and health effects; generation and transport of pollutants; modeling of IAQ in buildings; modern building systems including Heating Ventilation and Air conditioning systems as well as air cleaning systems; IEQ regulations, guidelines and building standards; and procedures for assessing indoor air quality issues.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH523 Work, Health, and Productivity
WinterSession
Dr. E. McNeely
2.5 Credits
Course not offered 2009-2010; Offered alternate years
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Five 3-hour sessions per week.
This course provides a broad foundation for evaluating the health care needs of employees, including both work-related issues and general health promotion. Through seminar discussions and field experiences, the participants consider the many frames for thinking about worker health, such as the perspectives of employees, managers, companies, insurers, health care providers and labor groups.
The goal of this class is to develop a sensible approach to the assessment, planning and evaluation of employee health programs. The class offers individuals who are interested in workers' health care policy and economics, the opportunity to come together in discussion and purpose to propose innovation in the current system of employee health care.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EH524 Water and Human Well-being
Fall
Dr. J. Briscoe
2.5 Credits
Lectures, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Societies blessed with reliable, adequate supplies of good quality water have developed better than societies not so blessed. In order to provide adequate water security, societies invest in infrastructure and institutions to manage water resources more effectively, and to provide better water services. The course will explore the paths taken by now-rich countries and examine the consequences for human well-being, and will assess what is and what is not relevant from this experience for developing countries. Discussions will be organized around real-world case studies in which the instructor has been an active participant. The course will take an inter-disciplinary view and employ tools of history, hydrology, engineering, economics, political science and epidemiology.
Course Activities: Lecture, case studies and active learning through class participation. Brief written assignments evaluating select case studies and a term project relating to a real-world water intervention.
Course Evaluations
EPI200 Principles of Epidemiology
Fall 1
Dr. J. Buring
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour seminar each week.
Introduces the basic principles and methods of epidemiology. Lectures are complemented by seminars devoted to exercises or to the discussion of current examples of epidemiologic studies.
Course Activities: Lectures, seminar participation, midterm, final examination.
Course Note: Thursday or Friday lab required. Credit is not given for more than one of EPI 200, EPI 201, EPI 208, or EPI500
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI200R Principles of Epidemiology Repeat
Spring 1
Dr. E. F. Cook
2.5 credits
Independent Study
Open only to students who have failed the core course, and must repeat it. Students must sign up for the section with the instructor from whom they took the original course.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI200R Principles of Epidemiology Repeat
Spring 2
Dr. E. F. Cook
2.5 credits
Independent Study
Open only to students who have failed the core course, and must repeat it. Students must sign up for the section with the instructor from whom they took the original course.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI201 Introduction to Epidemiology: Methods I
Fall 1
M. Hernan
2.5 credits
Lectures, labs. Two 2-hour sessions each week, one 2-hour lab each week.
EPI201 introduces the principles and methods used in epidemiologic research. The course discusses the conceptual and practical issues encountered in the design and analysis of epidemiologic studies for description and causal inference. The final exam requires the application of the learned skills to a real problem in epidemiology. EPI201 is the first course in the series of methods courses designed for students majoring in Epidemiology or Biostatistics, and those interested in a detailed introduction to the design and conduct of epidemiologic studies. Students who take EPI201 are expected to take EPI202 (Methods II).
Course Note: Thursday or Friday lab required. Credit is not given for more than one of EPI 200, EPI 201, EPI 208, or EPI500; ordinal grading option only; no auditors.
Course Evaluations
EPI201R Introduction to Epidemiology Repeat
Spring 1
Dr. E. F. Cook
2.5 credits
Independent Study
Open only to students who have failed the core course, and must repeat it. Students must sign up for the section with the instructor from whom they took the original course.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI201R Introduction to Epidemiology Repeat
Spring 2
Dr. E. F. Cook
2.5 credits
Independent Study
Open only to students who have failed the core course, and must repeat it. Students must sign up for the section with the instructor from whom they took the original course.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI202 Elements of Epidemiologic Research: Methods II
Fall 2
Dr. M. Mittleman
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions and one 2-hour seminar each week.
Introduces elements of study design, data analysis and inference in epidemiologic research. Principles and methods are illustrated with examples, and reviewed through homework and in-class exercises. May serve as an introduction to more advanced study or as a concluding course for those desiring a working knowledge of epidemiologic methods.
Course Note: EPI 201, EPI500, or EPI208 required - This course is intended to by taken in conjunction with EPI201 to complete the equivalent of a full semester course in Epidemiologic Methods. BIO 201, or BIO 202 and 203; or BIO 206 and BIO 207, BIO 208 or BIO 209 required - concurrent enrollment permitted. Thursday or Friday lab; sign up for appropriate section at first class meeting.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI202 Elements of Epidemiologic Research
Summer 2
Dr. M. Mittleman
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Introduces elements of study design, data analysis and inference in epidemiologic research. Principles and methods are illustrated with examples, and reviewed through homework and in-class exercises. May serve as an introduction to more advanced study or as a concluding course for those desiring a working knowledge of epidemiologic methods.
Course Note: EPI 200, EPI 201, EPI208, or EPI500 required - concurrent enrollment permitted; BIO 200; or BIO 201; or BIO 202 and 203; or BIO 205; or BIO 219; or BIO 206 and BIO 207, BIO 208 or BIO 209 required - concurrent enrollment permitted.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI203 Study Design in Epidemiologic Research
Spring 2
Dr. A. Walker
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Beginning with the randomized clinical trial as a paradigm, this course examines common problems in the design, analysis, and interpretation of observational studies. Cohort and case-control studies are the focus of the discussion, but not to the exclusion of other designs. Problems of exposure and disease definitions, time-dependent effects, confounding, and misclassification are considered in the light of data sources typically available. Relevant statistical methods are introduced but not developed in detail.
Course Activities: Review of published studies, class discussion.
Course Note: EPI 202 and BIO 200, BIO 201, or BIO202 and BIO203, or signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI204 Analysis of Case-Control and Cohort Studies
Spring 2
TBA
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, labs. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Examine, through practical examples, analysis of case-control and cohort studies using, primarily, conditional logistic and Cox regression model etiologic studies. Explore analytic approaches in the presence of missing data, confounding, and interaction. Emphasize analysis and interpretation of results in the context of research question and study design. Familiarity with SAS is desirable.
Course Activities: Written group projects, class discussion, quizzes, homework.
Course Note: BIO11 or BIO113 and EPI200, EPI201 or EPI208, and EPI202 required. Concurrent enrollment permitted. BIO210 required. Concurrent enrollment permitted. Lab optional.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI205 Practice of Epidemiology
Fall
Dr. E. Rimm, Dr. M. Stampfer, Dr. L. Mucci, Dr. G. Curhan
2.5 credits
Seminars, tutorials. One 2-hour tutorial each week during Fall 1 period and one 2-hour seminar each week during Fall 2 period.
The seminars consist of student presentations of plans for collection and analysis of epidemiological data, with discussion by students and faculty. Preparatory work is done under tutorial arrangements with members of the faculty. The emphasis is on conceptual issues necessary for the development of a feasible and informative epidemiological study.
Course Activities: Individual student paper and presentation, class discussion, and student and faculty critiques.
Course Note: This course is aimed primarily at epidemiology doctoral students; EPI201, EPI202, EPI203 and EPI204; signature of instructor required; ordinal grading option only. (5.06) class size is limited.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI207 Advanced Epidemiologic Methods
Fall 1
Dr. J. Robins, Dr. M. Hernan
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions and one 2-hour lab each week.
Provides an in-depth investigation of statistical methods for drawing causal inferences from observational studies. Informal epidemiologic concepts such as confounding, selection bias, overall effects, direct effects, and intermediate variables will be formally defined within the context of a counterfactual causal model and with the help of causal diagrams. Methods for the analysis of the causal effects of time-varying exposures in the presence of time dependent covariates that are simultaneously confounders and intermediate variables will be emphasized. These methods include g-computation algorithm estimators, inverse probability weighted estimators of marginal structural models, g-estimation of structural nested models. As a practicum, students will reanalyze data sets using the above methods.
Course Activities: Class discussion, homework, practicum and final examination.
Course Note: EPI204, BIO210 and EPI289, or BIO233, or signature of instructor required; familiarity with logistic regression and survival analysis is expected; lab time will be announced at first meeting. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI208 Introduction to Clinical Epidemiology
Summer
Dr. J. Katz, Dr. E. F. Cook, Dr. D. Singer, Dr. H. Baer
5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is an introductory-level course and covers the principles and methods used in traditional and clinical epidemiologic research through a series of lectures, exercises, seminars, workshops and presentations. This course is targeted at individuals planning to conduct clinical research.
Course Activities: Written assignments, computer exercises, seminar discussion; each student is required to develop a study proposal that addresses a specific clinical problem and to formally present this proposal to the class. These proposals are then written in grant application format as the final paper for the course. Seminars are held during scheduled class time.
Course Note: For participants in the Summer Program in Clinical Effectiveness only; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI213 Epidemiology of Cancer
Spring 1
Dr. E. Giovannucci, Dr. L. Mucci
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The aim of this course is to present an overview of the basic concepts and issues central to cancer epidemiology. We will consider the descriptive epidemiology of cancer and discuss the implications of the biology of cancer for identification of risk factors. We present topics both with respect to key cancer exposures, including smoking, radiation, nutrition, and hormones, and also highlight selected malignancies.
Course Activities: Active class participation, descriptive epidemiology of a specific cancer site, a final review paper.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI215 Adv. Topics in the Analysis of Case Control and Cohort Studies
Spring 2
Dr. E. Cook, Dr. P. Kraft, Dr. E. Tchetgen
2.5 Credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
Lectures, labs. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course primarily extends the applications of parametric regression models covered in EPI204 to address additional and related analytic issues encountered in epidemiologic research. Topics include techniques for modeling continuous and polychromous exposures, methods to account for missing data, doubly-robust modeling, and issues involved in high dimensional data analysis, risk prediction, and sample size calculations. Emphasis is on applications of interpretations of results with limited introduction to theory that underlies these techniques. Familiarity with SAS is desirable.
Course Activities: Class discussion, quizzes, homework.
Course Note: EPI204 required. Lab optional.
Course Evaluations
EPI216 Epidemiology in Public Health Practice
Spring 1
Dr. R. Dicker
2.5 credits
Case studies. One 3-hour session each week.
The course uses case studies to teach the principles and practice of field epidemiology, ranging from surveillance to descriptive epidemiology to outbreak investigation to analytic methods. The course focuses on the use of sound epidemiologic judgment, particularly when epidemiologic theory and practical considerations conflict. Following this course, the student will be familiar with the principles of epidemiology relevant to public health professionals, and should be able to apply those principles to address public health problems in the community.
Course Note: EPI 200, EPI 201, or EPI 208 required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI219 Assessment Concepts and Methods in Psychiatric Epidemiology
Fall 2
Dr. D. Blacker
2.5 credits
Lectures, laboratory/practice sessions. One 2-hour lecture and one 1-hour laboratory/practice session each week.
Presents the application of basic epidemiologic and psychometric concepts and methods in psychiatric research. Topics include: measurement theory, reliability, validity, screening, and diagnostic classification procedures, as they specifically relate to psychiatric research. The course is in the psychiatric epidemiology track and is intended primarily for students interested in conducting mental health research.
Course Activities: Class discussion, brief homeworks, class project with oral presentation and final paper.
Course Note: Students should be familiar with the major forms of psychopathology, basic epidemiologic research methods, and introductory statistics; EPI 200, EPI 201 or EPI 208 and BIO 200 or BIO 201 or BIO 200s and BIO 200t required or consent of instructor; lab or section time to be arranged at first meeting. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI220 Psychiatric Diagnosis in Clinic and Community Populations
Spring 2
Dr. J. Smoller, Dr. M. Mimiaga
2.5 Credits
Offered in 2008-2009. Offered alternate years.
Seminars. Lab. One 2-hour class session each week and One 2-hour lab each week.
Focuses on interview schedules designed to diagnose psychiatric disorders in clinical settings and household surveys. The course provides practical experience in differential diagnosis, in the administration of different kinds of interview schedules, and in analysis of responses. The course is designed primarily for students considering a career in mental health research. The course is an applied, mid-level course in the psychiatric epidemiology track.
Course Activities: Class discussion, verbal and written reports on practicum experience.
Course Note: Students should have an understanding of the major forms of psychopathology; introductory statistics and epidemiology; clinical or research experience with psychopathology or prior psychiatric epidemiology coursework; signature of instructor required. BIO200 or BIO201 or equivalent, EPI200 or EPI201 or equivalent.
Course Evaluations
EPI221 Pharmacoepidemiology
Fall 2
Dr. A. Walker
2.5 credits
Lectures. Four 2-hour lectures each week.
Within the framework of formal epidemiologic analysis, this course covers inference about the effects of pharmaceuticals from case reports, case series, vital statistics and other registration schemes, cohort studies, and case-control studies. Decision-making with inadequate data is examined from the perspectives of manufacturers and of regulators. Students are graded on the basis of group projects. This course is intended primarily for students wishing to pursue a career in the pharmaceutical industry or in national regulatory bodies, but may have more general interest as an applied mid-level course with a heavy methodological emphasis.
Course Activities: Written and oral group projects, individual class presentations, class discussion.
Course Note: Knowledge of epidemiology at the level of EPI 202 and a basic understanding of drug use and nomenclature are assumed; completion of EPI203 preferred; enrollment limited to 25 students; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI222 Genetic Epidemiology of Diabetes and its Complications
Spring 2
Dr. F. Hu, Dr. A. Doria
2.5 credits
Course offered 2008-2009; taught alternate years.
Seminar, case studies, laboratories. Two 2-hour seminars each week.
The genetics of diabetes and its complications, together with the descriptive epidemiology of these conditions, will be used to illustrate the process of generating etiologic hypotheses that can be studied by the methods of genetic epidemiology. Techniques of molecular genetics relevant to epidemiologic studies will be reviewed and demonstrated. Data sets that include genotype information will be analyzed with an emphasis placed on the examination of various gene/environment interaction.
Course Note: EPI 202 required; lab or section time to be announced at first meeting; ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI223 Cardiovascular Epidemiology
Fall 2
Dr. D. Mozaffarian
2.5 credits
Lectures, in-class presentations. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course reviews the epidemiology of cardiovascular disease, including the major cardiovascular diseases, related conditions, emerging risk factors, and current controversies. The principal methods used, and their limitation, will also be discussed. Both historically important and current research will be presented. Grades are based on participation in class discussions, brief written paper critiques, and an in-class presentation. There is no midterm or final exam.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI224 Cancer Prevention
Spring 2
Dr. L. Frazier, Dr. C. Stein
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour session each week
The course will help students develop a framework for analyzing and designing cancer prevention interventions to reduce the burden of cancer. Approaches to cancer prevention will be reviewed with the principal emphasis on primary prevention. The lectures and readings will examine different theoretical and practical issues around effectiveness, feasibility, and sustainability of interventions, including theories of behavior change, population vs. high-risk approaches, risk perception and communication, and barriers to implementation. Through problem-based learning exercises, students will review the strategies for cancer prevention in the areas of tobacco control, physical activity and obesity, and screening and vaccines, in addition to other topics. We will emphasize the timing of prevention in the context of the natural history of disease etiology (e.g. breast cancer) and consider population-based approaches to prevention (e.g. skin cancer). Strategies for prevention on multiple levels will also be examined. Levels of intervention from action by health care providers (e.g., counseling and screening), regulatory policy, social structural changes, and individual behavior changes will be emphasized. Key components necessary for prevention policy will include an adequate knowledge base, social strategies, and political will. Students will have homework assignments to collect and summarize information based on case studies, which will be used to develop a cancer prevention intervention as a final project. Grades will be based on class participation, short homework assignments and a final project paper and presentation.
Course Note: Requirement in the Cancer Education Program.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
Course Evaluations
EPI228 Oral Epidemiology
Fall
Dr. T. Zavras
2.5 credits
Course offered 2009-2010, offered alternate years.
Lectures, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
This course will first discuss the principal measures and methods of epidemiology as they apply to oral conditions; then the distribution, etiology and risk factors for dental caries, periodontal diseases, cleft lip and palate, oral cancer, soft tissue lesions and malocclusions will be studied. The third part of the course links oral epidemiology data to health policy issues:e.g. community preventive dentistry programs, national health care policy, infection control, and health services outcome research.
Course Activities: Class discussion, reading homework, written assignments, midterm and final examinations.
Course Note: EPI 200, EPI 201 or EPI 208 required (concurrent enrollment permitted).
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI229 Ophthalmic Epidemiology
Fall 2
Dr. D. Schaumberg
1.25 credits
Offered 2008-2009, offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars, discussion. One 2-hour session each week.
The blinding eye disease macular degeneration has emerged as a paradigmatic example of the interplay between genetic predisposition and lifestyle risk factors in causing chronic disease. This course will use the example of macular degeneration as a jumping off point to study the epidemiology of some of the leading causes of blindness and visual impairment. Other diseases will include cataract, glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, and dry eye disease, and possibly others. Students will obtain knowledge of the leading causes of blindness and visual impairment throughout the world, the burden of disease, the large socioeconomic and gender inequities globally, and what is known about major risk factors for eye diseases. The course will also touch on strategies to study gene-environment interactions, as well as some statistical issues related to correlated data structures that arise when studying eye disease--e.g. should we study people or eyes?--and how to begin to translate research findings into public health action.
Course Note: EPI 200, EPI 201 or EPI 208 preferred.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI233 Research Synthesis & Meta-Analysis
Spring
Dr. C. Hsieh, Dr. J. Goodman
2.5 credits
Seminars. One 1.5-hour session each week.
Concerned with the explosion of biological data for etiologic inquiry and the use of existing data to inform public health decision making, the course focuses on research synthesis and meta-analysis. We will review the principles and methods for combining epidemiology studies and introduce how other types of scientific evidence, such as toxicology or mode-of-action data, can be incorporated using weight of- evidence analyses. This course will emphasize the use of critical reviews and meta-analysis to explore data and identify sources of variation among studies.
Course Activities: Students will learn the principles of a systematic review, to use existing meta-analys is software to apply principles outlined in the course on example data sets, and, on a topic of their choice, to conduct a critical review or meta-analysis that appropriately weights effect estimates in each study, assesses uncertainty, and incorporates other kinds of scientific data in the overall analysis.
Course Note: EPI200 or EPI201 and BIO200, BIO201, or BIO202 and BIO203 .
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI235 Epi Methods in Health Services Research
Spring 2
Dr. S. Setoguchi-Iwata
Course offered 2009-2010; offered alternate years.
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour lectures each week.
This course is designed to introduce students to the application of various epidemiologic methods to Health Services and Outcome Research. The course helps students to recognize the principles of Epidemiology in Health Services and Outcome Research, and understand the terminology and methods specific to the field. Threats to validity including selection bias, confounding, information bias, and methods for their control will be discussed in a variety of settings emphasizing practical considerations. Lectures include recent or ongoing case studies and examples from the literature. Topics include data sources for health services/outcome research, quality measurement, risk adjustment, program/policy evaluation, medication adherence measurement, health status measurements, cluster randomized trials, and clinical/comparative effectiveness research.
Course Note: EPI202 and BIO 200 or BIO201 required or signature of instructor.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI236 Analytical Aspects of Clinical Epidemiology
Summer 1
Dr. E. F. Cook
5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Ten 2-hour sessions each week.
This course examines some features of study design, but is primarily focused on analytic issues encountered in clinical research. These include techniques for stratified analysis, regression modeling, propensity scores, matching and recursive partitioning. Emphasis is placed on the use of these techniques for the control of confounding and the development of clinical prediction rules. The focus of this course is on applications and interpretations of results with limited introduction to theory that underlies these techniques.
Course Activities: Seminars are scheduled during regular class time. Students must develop a written summary of the analysis of a clinical data set based on the results of daily computer exercises.
Course Note: EPI 208 and BIO 206 and (BIO 207 or BIO 208 or equivalent courses) required; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI240 Use of Biomarkers in Epidemiologic Research
Spring 1
Dr. S. Hankinson, Dr. S. Tworoger
1.25 credits
Course offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
The purpose of this course is to provide students with an overview of the issues pertinent to the collection, measurement, and statistical analysis of biomarker data. The course aims to address general principles within the context of relevant examples. Topics to be covered include study-design considerations, sample storage, sources of laboratory variability, assay evolution and use of pooled samples, among others.
Course Activities: Class discussion, final project.
Course Note: EPI 200, EPI 201 or EPI 208 required; minimum enrollment of 10 students required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI241 Measuring Health Status
Fall 2
TBA
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
Examines methodologic issues related to measures of health and disease status encountered in clinical research. Topics to be covered include instrument development, scaling, space assessment of reliability, validity and responsiveness to change; principal component analysis and factor analysis; diagnostic test evaluation.
Course Activities: Class discussion, examination, paper.
Course Note: Minimum enrollment of 10 students required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI242 Seminar in Applied Research in Clinical Epidemiology
Fall
Dr. D. Singer, Dr. E. Orav, Dr. E. F. Cook (Section 1)
Dr. E. F. Cook (Section 3)
1.25 credits for Fall semester; 1.25 credits for Spring semester
Seminars. One 1.5-hour session each week.
This seminar serves as a forum for students' clinical epidemiologic research. In the process, students are exposed to a variety of research designs, analytic strategies, and content areas. There is active class discussion. Faculty emphasize methodologic issues pertinent to the class research presentation.
Course Activities: Student presentation or written assignment.
Course Note: Must register in each appropriate semester; separate grade given at the end of each semester; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI242 Seminar in Applied Research in Clinical Epidemiology
Spring
Dr. D. Singer, Dr. E. Orav, Dr. E. Cook (Section 2)
Dr. E. F. Cook (Section 4)
1.25 credits for Fall semester; 1.25 credits for Spring semester
Seminars. One 1.5-hour session each week.
This seminar serves as a forum for students' clinical epidemiologic research. In the process, students are exposed to a variety of research designs, analytic strategies, and content areas. There is active class discussion. Faculty emphasize methodologic issues pertinent to that presentation.
Course Activities: Student presentation or written assignment.
Course Note: Must register in each appropriate semester; separate grade given at the end of each semester; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI244 Genetic Epidemiologic Methods for Psychiatric & Other Disorders
Spring 1
Dr. S. L. Santangelo, Dr. D. Pauls
2.5 Credits
Offered alternate years. Not Offered 2009-2010.
Lectures. One 3-hour session each week.
Designed to introduce students to classical and current research methodology for genetic epidemiologic studies of complex (non-Mendelian) disorders using examples drawn from the psychiatric genetics literature. Topics include issues in phenotype definition, design and analysis of family, twin and adoption studies, segregation analysis, linkage analysis, and association study methods. Students will gain direct experience in carrying out linkage and association analyses using different approaches and analytic packages. Laboratory sessions will be devoted to gene-finding methods and discussion of the technical details of executing the relevant computer programs and interpretation of results. This is one of the courses on the psychiatric epidemiology track, but it may also be of interest to students interested in methods for studying any disorders with complex genetic inheritance.
Course Activities: Lectures, class discussion, homework assignments, labs devoted to computer analyses of data, interpretation, oral or written presentation of results of data analysis.
Course Notes: 1, 5: Students should have an understanding of basic epidemiologic research methods, introductory biostatistics and probability; enrollment limited to 25 students.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI245 Cardiovascular Epidemiology II - Reading the Literature
Spring
Dr. D. Mozaffarian
1.25 Credits
Seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course builds upon concepts and methods learned in cardiovascular Epidemiology I (taught in Fall), with a focus on reading and evolution of scientific literature. Coursework will be taught in a seminar-style format, with a focus each class on reading and evaluating relevant original published manuscripts in cardiovascular epidemiology. Students will actively take part in the biweekly manuscript critiques, including leading of at least one critique during the course. The focus will be on development of the student's ability to consider and evaluate scientific investigations in term of methods, strengths and limitation (e.g. related to study design, classification and exposure and outcome, bias/confounding, generalizability, etc) and implications.
Course Requirements: successful completion Cardiovascular Epidemiology I (EPI223) or approval of the course instructor. Enrollment is limited to 10 students.
Course Evaluations
EPI246 Applied Biomarkers in Cancer Epidemiology
Fall 2
Dr. E. Schernhammer
2.50 credits
Not Offered 2009-2010. Alternate year course.
Lectures, discussions. Two 2-hour sessions each week
The focus of this course is on application and interpretation of cancer studies using biomarkers. Topics include biomarkers of exposure, biomarkers related to metabolism/activation and other biological pathways, intermediate/surrogate endpoints, markers of early cancer detection and prognosis. Examples are discussed in each topic to demonstrate different issues in the interpretation of results. Class will be split into one hour lectures and one hour discussions of assigned readings.
Course Activities: Class discussion, one oral presentation, homework assignments, group project, final exam.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI247 Epidemiologic Methods Development - Past and Present
Fall 2
Dr. M. Mittleman
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course aims to provide students with a strong foundation in understanding the theoretical basis of currently used epidemiologic methods and also to help students acquire an understanding of the process of developing new approaches. The course will review the theoretical basis of modern epidemiology by reviewing landmark papers in the development of epidemiologic methods. Students will review classic papers that introduced important theoretical and methodological advances in the field.
Course Note: EPI289 or Signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI249 Molecular Biology for Epidemiologists
Fall 1
Dr. I. De Vivo
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course offers an overview of molecular biology and presents molecular biological concepts and techniques commonly used in the laboratory and in epidemiological research. Topics include the structure of DNA and genes, DNA replication, transcription and RNA translation. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI252 Infections and Cancer
Spring 2
Instructor TBA
2.50 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course reviews the epidemiology and public health impact of viral and other infectious agents associated with malignancy. The role of host response and the use of serology and viral probes as risk markers are discussed. A related disease or unknown agent is discussed as a case study.
Course Note: EPI 213 required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI254 The Epidemiology of Aging
Spring 2
Dr. F. Grodstein
1.25 credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010. Offered Alternate Years.
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
This course will cover epidemiologic concepts and methods related to diseases of aging as well as general health issues in the elderly. Topics will include the epidemiology of Alzheimer's Disease; pharmacoepidemiology in the elderly; methodologic dilemmas in such research; as well as others.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI255 Epi of HIV,Part I:Etiology, Natural History & Transmission
Fall 2
Dr. G. Seage
2.5 credits
Course offered 2009-2010; Offered alternate years.
Lectures. One 3-hour session each week.
This course is designed to introduce students to the epidemiology of HIV infection. It is designed for those students with a keen interest in both HIV/AIDS and epidemiologic methods. This course will survey state-of-the-art knowledge of the epidemiology of HIV infection and will emphasize epidemiologic principles and methods; including studies of the etiology of AIDS, estimation of the incidence and prevalence of HIV and AIDS, natural history and survival. The use of appropriate study designs and potential sources of bias will be discussed, with a focus on observational designs. This course will provide the student with experience in the critical review of epidemiologic studies in this area.
Course Activities: Homework assignments will consist of study questions, study critiques, and an in-class exam. These assignments constitute 100% of the grade and are due on the day of the discussions.
Course Note: EPI200, EPI201, or EPI208 required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI256 Epi of HIV, Part II: Therapeutic & Prevention Interventions
WinterSession
Dr. G. Seage
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2009-2010; offered alternate years.
Lectures. Three 3-hour sessions each week.
This course is designed to introduce students to the design and conduct of HIV therapeutic and prevention interventions. It is designed for those students with a keen interest in both HIV/AIDS and epidemiologic methods. This course will survey state-of-the-art knowledge of the epidemiology of HIV infection and will emphasize epidemiologic principles and methods including the design and conduct of ethical HIV intervention trials. The use of appropriate study designs and potential sources of bias will be discussed. This course will provide the student with experience in the development of a research proposal.
Course Activities: Grades will be based on a research proposal describing a therapeutic or prevention trial.
Course Note: EPI 200, EPI201, EPI208 and EPI255 or signature of instructor required. Course meets Monday, Wednesday, Friday from 9 am to 12 pm during WinterSession. On 1/20 and 1/23 the course will meet from 9 am to 1:30 pm. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI257 Advanced Seminar in Cancer Epidemiology
Fall 2
Dr. R. Tamimi
2.5 credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
Interactive seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is an advanced seminar in current cancer research. The goal of this course is to present an integrated view of current issues central to cancer epidemiology. We will build on knowledge gained in other courses and cover cancer sites not typically discussed in other courses. The course will take a global perspective on cancer epidemiology, and will emphasize the integration of knowledge from other courses. The course is intended for graduate students who have a research focus in, or a strong interest in cancer epidemiology and cancer prevention. Meetings are expected to be participatory discussions about the current status and future directions for research in the selected areas.
Course Note: Enrollment limited; pass/fail only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI260 Mathematical Modeling of Infectious Diseases
Spring 2
Dr. M. Lipsitch
2.5 credits
Course offered 2008-2009. Offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will cover selected topics and techniques in the use of dynamical models to study the transmission dynamics of infectious diseases. Class sessions will primarily consist of lectures and demonstrations of modeling techniques. Techniques will include design and construction of appropriate differential equation models, equilibrium and stability analysis, parameter estimation from epidemiological data, determination and interpretation of the basic reprodutive number of an infection, techniques for sensitivity analysis, and critique of model assumptions. Specific topics will include the use of age-seroprevalence data, the effects of population heterogeneity on transmission, stochastic models and the use of models for pathogens with multiple strains. This course is designed for students with a basic understanding of mathematical modeling concepts who want to develop models for their own work.
Course Note: Previous course in calculus is required; EPI225, EPI285, EPI501, or permission of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI269 Epidemiological Research in Obstetrics and Gynecology
Fall 2
Dr. K. Terry, Dr. D. Cramer, Dr. K. Michels
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will provide an overview of the current research in reproductive epidemiology. The course will cover epidemiologic research in the areas of contraception, infertility, pregnancy, menopause, and both benign and malignant gynecological conditions. Students will be introduced to methods used in reproductive epidemiology and learn how to critically evaluate results from epidemiologic studies in obstetrics and gynecology. An overview of the clinical and physiological underpinnings of particular topical areas will be provided.
Course Note: EPI 200, EPI 201 or EPI 208 or signature of instructor required. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI270 Advanced Reproductive Epidemiology
Spring 2
Dr. J. Rich Edwards, Dr. M. Hacker
1.25 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course is an advanced seminar in reproductive epidemiologic methods. It is intended for graduate students who have a research focus, or a strong interest, in reproductive epidemiology. The course will cover methodological challenges in analyzing and interpreting epidemiologic data on reproductive outcomes including fertility, fetal development, complications of pregnancy, pregnancy outcomes, the controversial role of birthweight and perinatal status in determining short-term and long-term health outcomes of offspring, and the implications of reproductive health status for chronic disease in women. The course will be led by Drs. Rich-Edwards and Hacker, with faculty joining to present methodological cases. Students must read the case materials before class and be prepared for active class discussion. Pass/fail grading will be based on class participation.
Course Note: EPI 269 or equivalent required; instructor's signature required if student has not completed prerequisites; pass/fail grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI271 Propensity Score Analysis:Theoretical & Practical Considerations
WinterSession
Dr. T. Kurth , Dr. J. D. Seeger
1.25 Credits
Lectures, Computer Lab. Five 2-hour lectures and four 2-hour computer lab sessions
This course introduces basic and advanced theory underlying propensity score analyses and provides practical insights into the conduct of studies employing the method. Course readings will include propensity score theory as well as applications. Lectures are complemented by computer lab sessions devoted to the mechanics of estimating and using the propensity score as a tool to control for confounding in observational research. Students should have knowledge in multivariable modeling approaches. A course project will involve the application of propensity scores to a data set.
Course Activities: Lectures, readings, homeworks, computer labs, participation, project.
Course Notes: BIO210 or equivalent or EPI204 or equivalent required; instructor's signature required. Course meeting dates: TBA
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI284 Epidemiology of Neurologic Diseases
Spring 1
Dr. A. Ascherio, Dr. M. Weisskopf, Dr. M. Breteler
2.5 credits
Course offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is designed to introduce students to the epidemiology of major neurologic diseases. The emphasis will be both on research methods and on substantive issues. The course will stress etiologic and research intergrating epidemiology with clinical and pathological aspects. Neurological diseases that will be discussed include multiple sclerosis, cerebrovascular diseases, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclorosis, cancers of the nervous system and epilepsy.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI286 Advanced Pharmacoepidemiology
Spring 2
Dr. S. Schneeweiss
2.5 credits
Seminars, lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Using current examples and with the participation of active researchers in pharmacoepidemiology, this course addresses a range of study designs and analytic techniques for observational studies on the utilization, safety, and effectiveness of pharmaceuticals. Students will develop an understanding of how to plan, implement, analyze, and criticize pharmacoepidemiologic studies. Original research will be presented by principal investigators, followed by intensive discussions on design options, analytic strategies, and sensitivity analyses of confounding and misclassification bias. Lectures will provide methodological background and will cover applied issues typically encountered in pharmacoepidemiology. This course is intended primarily for graduate students considering a career in the pharmaceutical/biotech industry, pharmaceutical benefits management, or in national regulatory bodies.
Course activities: Class discussion, reading homework, individual class presentations.
Course notes: EPI 203, EPI 204, EPI 221, and BIO 210 or BIO 223, or signature of instructor required; familiarity with logistic regression and survival analysis is expected.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI288 Data Mining and Prediction
WinterSession
Dr. N. Cook, Dr. E.F. Cook
2.50 credits
Lecture, computer lab. Eight 3-hour lectures and with daily 2-hour computer labs over two weeks.
This course will present an introduction to the methods of data mining and predictive modeling, with applications to both genetic and clinical data. Basic concepts and philosophy of supervised and unsupervised data mining as well as appropriate applications will be discussed. Topics covered will include multiple comparisons adjustment, cluster analysis, self-organizing maps, principal component analysis, and predictive model building through logistic regression, classification and regression trees (CART), multivariate adaptive splines (MARS), neural networks, random forests, and bagging and boosting.
Course Activities: Computer labs.
Course Note: Students should be familiar with logistic regression (EPI236, BIO213, BIO210, or equivalent); signature of instructor required; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI289 Models for Causal Inference
Spring 1
M. Hernan
2.5 credits
Lectures, labs. Two 2-hour sessions each week, one 2-hour lab each week.
EPI289 describes models for causal inference, their assumptions, and their practical application to epidemiologic data. The course covers propensity score methods, the parametric g-formula, inverse probability weighting of marginal structural models, g-estimation of nested structural models, and instrumental variable methods. The course also introduces models for causal inference in the presence of time-varying exposures, which will be extensively studied in EPI207. EPI289 is designed to be taken after EPI201/EPI202. The epidemiologic concepts and methods studied in EPI201/202 will be reformulated within a modeling framework in EPI289. Familiarity with the SAS language is strongly recommended.
Course Note: Wednesday lab required; no auditors.
Course Evaluations
EPI291 Data Collection
WinterSession
M. Murray
2.50 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007
Seminar. Two 1-hour sessions, two 4-hour labs
This is a practical data collection experience that involves surveying and measurements to be performed in the Brigham and Women's Emergency Room. Course participants will be expected to recruit and collect data directly from study participants for two 4-hour shifts per week, scheduled in the afternoons or evenings. The course will also meet for hourly classes twice a week; these classes will include lectures and discussions on practical aspects of study design and data gathering and management including recruitment, dealing with IRBs, writing surveys and consents, setting up data systems and troubleshooting. This course will fulfill the Epidemiology doctoral student's requirement to participate in data collection.
Course note: Pass/Fail option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI293 Analysis of Genetic Association Studies Using Unrelated Subjects
WinterSession
Dr. P. Kraft
2.50 credits
Lectures, case studies. Eight 3-hour sessions and three computer labs during WinterSession.
This course introduces the conceptual and practical tools needed for genetic association studies using unrelated subjects. Students will gain hands-on experience with a range of analytic tools and software packages as part of a class project which gives them the opportunity to design and analyze an association study. This project will require students to tackle real-world problems such as marker selection, potential multiple comparisons issues due to multiple markers and multiple outcomes, and missing data. Lectures and selected readings present key ideas (such as linkage disequilibrium, "tagging SNPs," haplotypes, population stratification and epistasis) and appropriate statistical methods.
Course note: BIO201, EPI201 and at least one of BIO210, BIO213 or EPI204, or signature of instructor required. Familiarity with SAS or S-PLUS/R and UNIX computing environment also highly recommended. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI294 Screening
Spring 2
Dr. S. Hernandez-Diaz
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The aim of this course is to provide an understanding of the principles of screening across a spectrum of diseases. Particular emphasis is placed on the methodological issues fundamental to the design and evaluation of screening programs. The first part of the course will address the study designs and measures used to evaluate screening tests and screening programs. Then we will discuss current approaches to screening for specific diseases, which highlight various themes in screening as well as discuss future directions in the development of new screening tests. We will explore screening for cancer cardiovascular disease, infectious diseases, childhood and prenatal screening, both in the United States and globally. The strengths, controversies and limitations of screening strategies will be discussed.
Course Activities: Active class participation, one problem set, debate of a current screening topic, a final 5-page paper.
Course Notes: One of EPI200, EPI201, EPI208 or signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI295 Pharmacoepidemiology: Introduction
Summer 2
Dr. K. A. Chan
2.5 Credits
Lectures, small group discussions. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This is an introductory course on pharmacoepidemiology. How the principles of modern epidemiology methods are used to evaluate the safety, effectiveness, and utilization patterns of drugs, vaccines, and medical devices will be discussed. Examples of descriptive epidemiology studies, cohort studies, case control studies, and intervention studies will be drawn from recent literature to illustrate the application of relevant methods and the challenges in drug safety assessment. Drug safety assessment from the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry perspective and the regulatory perspective will be discussed. Practical issues such as data sources, ethical principles and advanced methodologic topics, such as confounding by indication and misclassification and the analytic methods to address them will be briefly introduced.
Course Activities: Written and oral group projects, individual class presentations, class discussion.
Course Note: EPI200 or EPI208 or permission of instructor required. Recommended for students interested in a general overview of pharmacoepidemiology. Credits cannot be given for students who have taken EPI221 (or vice versa.) A minimum enrollment of 8 students is required for course to be offered.
Course Evaluations
EPI296 Bridging Psychiatric Morbidity & Reproductive Outcomes
WinterSession
Dr. B. Harlow
1.25 credits
Seminar. Five 3-hour sessions for one week.
This course will include didactic lectures followed by a seminar format to assess the current knowledge regarding the relationship between psychiatric morbidity (i.e. mood disorder, anxiety, schizophrenia, etc.) and adverse reproductive events (i.e. pregnancy complications, infertility, menstruation, menopause). Students will be expected to critically evaluate existing literature in one of the above content areas, and present the findings, lead a discussion regarding methodological limitations and the interpretation of data, and put forward recommendations regarding future research initiatives that would enhance our understanding regarding the specific psychiatric and reproductive association.
Course note: Enrollment Minimun of 7. Enrollment Max of 15.
Course Evaluations
EPI298 Case-based Seminars on Drug Safety
Spring 1
Dr. S. Hernandez-Diaz, Dr. S. Setoguchi
2.5 Credits
Not Offered 2009-2010
Case Studies. Two 2-hour lectures each week.
This course acquaints students with practical issues in pharmacoepidemiologic research. Through the critical review and thoughtful discussion of crucial drug safety debacles, the students will develop an understanding of which adverse drugs effect have shaped our discipline, how were they discovered, with what delay, which were the specific methodological challenges, what were the political implications and, most importantly, which lessons have we learnt. Students are graded on the basis of participation in class discussion and preparation of a group project. This course is intended for students whose career might involve the development, prescription, marketing, evaluation or regulation of drugs.
Course Evaluations
EPI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Summer
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI311 Teaching Assistant
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Evaluations
EPI311 Teaching Assistant
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Evaluations
EPI311 Teaching Assistant
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Evaluations
EPI311 Teaching Assistant
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Evaluations
EPI311 Teaching Assistant
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Evaluations
EPI311 Teaching Assistant
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Evaluations
EPI311 Teaching Assistant
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Evaluations
EPI315 Research: Clinical Epi
WinterSession
Dr. E.F. Cook
Time and credit to be arranged.
All students working in the Concentration of Clinical Epidemiology, who intend to complete the requirements for a Master of Science in Epidemiology based on only a summer schedule, are required to undertake and complete a clinical research project at their institution. Five to 12.5 tutorial credits will be granted for this research. Each student is required to submit a written paper summarizing his or her research project. The exact content of this research project is determined by the faculty member assigned as principal advisor to the student. An appropriate content for this project might include the development of a research proposal to address a clinical question of interest, the implementation of this proposal with the collection of patient data, the analysis of these data, and the creation of a publishable manuscript (with detailed appendices) to describe the results of the analysis. Alternatively, part of this project might pertain to the creation of a full-fledged RO1 study protocol in the National Institutes of Health format, a publishable paper based on the analysis of existing data, a decision analysis, or a cost-effectiveness analysis.
Course Activities: Supervised research. Written progress reports must be submitted each semester.
Course Note: Acceptance into the Program in Clinical Effectiveness and completion is required; pass/fail grading option only.
Course Evaluations
EPI315 Research: Clinical Epi
Spring
Dr. E.F. Cook
Time and credit to be arranged.
All students working in the Concentration of Clinical Epidemiology, who intend to complete the requirements for a Master of Science in Epidemiology based on only a summer schedule, are required to undertake and complete a clinical research project at their institution. Five to 12.5 tutorial credits will be granted for this research. Each student is required to submit a written paper summarizing his or her research project. The exact content of this research project is determined by the faculty member assigned as principal advisor to the student. An appropriate content for this project might include the development of a research proposal to address a clinical question of interest, the implementation of this proposal with the collection of patient data, the analysis of these data, and the creation of a publishable manuscript (with detailed appendices) to describe the results of the analysis. Alternatively, part of this project might pertain to the creation of a full-fledged RO1 study protocol in the National Institutes of Health format, a publishable paper based on the analysis of existing data, a decision analysis, or a cost-effectiveness analysis.
Course Activities: Supervised research. Written progress reports must be submitted each semester.
Course Note: Acceptance into the Program in Clinical Effectiveness and completion is required; pass/fail grading option only.
Course Evaluations
EPI315 Research: Clinical Epi
Summer
Dr. E.F. Cook
Time and credit to be arranged.
All students who intend to complete the requirements for a Master of Science in Epidemiology based on only a summer schedule, are required to undertake and complete a clinical research project at their institution under the supervision of a local mentor and a member of the Harvard faculty. Five to 12.5 tutorial credits will be granted for this research. Each student is required to submit a written paper summarizing his or her research project. The exact content of this research project is determined by the faculty member assigned as principal advisor to the student. An appropriate content for this project might include the development of a research proposal to address a clinical question of interest, the implementation of this proposal with the collection of patient data, the analysis of these data, and the creation of a publishable manuscript (with detailed appendices) to describe the results of the analysis. Alternatively, part of this project might pertain to the creation of a full-fledged RO1 study protocol in the National Institutes of Health format, a publishable paper based on the analysis of existing data, a decision analysis, or a cost-effectiveness analysis.
Course Activities: Supervised research. Written progress reports must be submitted each semester.
Course Note: Pass/fail grading option only.
Course Evaluations
EPI350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
EPI350 Research
Summer
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
EPI500 Fundamentals of Epidemiology
Summer 1
Dr. A. Hofman
2.5 credits
Summer 1
Lectures, seminars. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will provide an orientation to epidemiology as a basic science for public health and clinical medicine. It will address the principles of the quantitative approach to clinical and public health problems. The course will discuss measure of frequency and association, introduce the design and validity of epidemiologic research, and give an overview of data analysis. This course is an introduction to the skills needed by public health professionals and clinicians to interpret critically the epidemiologic literature. It will provide students with the principles and practical experience needed to initiate the development of these skills. Lectures are complemented by seminars devoted to case studies, exercises, or critique of current examples of epidemiologic studies.
Course Note: No Auditors
Course Evaluations
EPI501 Dynamics of Infectious Diseases
Spring 2
Dr. M. Murray, Dr. T. Cohen
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour class sessions each week.
This course covers the basic concepts of infectious disease dynamics within human populations. Focus will be on transmission of infectious agents and the effect of biological, ecological, social, political, economic forces on the spread of infections. We will emphasize the impact of vaccination programs and other interventions. The dynamics of host-parasite interaction are illustrated using basic mathematical modeling techniques.
Course activities: Written homework assignments and final exam. Previous coursework in epidemiology helpful.
Course Evaluations
EPI502 Biology and Epidemiology of Antibiotic Resistance
WinterSession
Dr. M. Lipsitch and Dr. G. Regev-Yochay
2.5 Credits
Lectures, Seminars. Three 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will cover concepts and issues in bacterial antibiotic resistance relevant to epidemiologic research in this field. The student will obtain understanding of the significance of the problem, the biology and mechanism of antibiotic resistance, risk factors for spread and measures to prevent this emerging problem. We will specifically assess different research designs and strategies used to measure the magnitude, risk factors and prevention measures, and their interpretations.
Course Note: EPI201 and BIO201 required or signature of the instructor.
Course Evaluations
EPI504 Epi of Disorders and Diseases of Childhood and Young Adulthood
Spring 1
Dr. A. Field
2.5 Credits
Course offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course reviews current evidence on the burden, causes, and consequences of the major disorders, diseases, and injuries during childhood, adolescence, and young adulthood. Topics include autism spectrum disorders, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, asthma, allergies, trauma, orthopedic injuries and condition, depression, anxiety, eating disorders, obesity, sexually, transmitted infections, reproductive disorders, and early life determinations of adult disease. The course also reviews the impact of cognitive and physical development on epidemiologic methods and provides students with skills to critically analyze studies in pediatric epidemiology.
Course Note: EPI200, EPI201, or EPI208 required.
Course Evaluations
EPI505 Epidemiologic Methods for Global Health:
Summer 1
Burden, Causes, Implementation, and
Dr. J. Ware, Dr. M.C. Smith Fawzi, Dr. E.F. Cook
2.5 credits
Lectures. Case Studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
The course will cover introductory level epidemiology and a biostatistics primer introducing basic principles of statistics, with a specific focus on problems related to global health. Students who take this course will fulfill the introductory level course requirement in epidemiology; however, it will not fulfill a course requirement for biostatistics. A key difference in this course compared with other introductory level courses in epidemiology is that it offers examples from global health to illustrate epidemiologic methods and describe statistical approaches used. At the conclusion of the course, students will have gained an understanding of how to apply basic epidemiologic methods to evaluate global health programs and to critically analyze literature focused on global health problems for the purpose of advancing program design and service provision that is evidence-based.
Course Evaluations
EPI506 Translational Reseach Methods
WinterSession
Dr. P. Muti
1.25 Credits
Lectures. 2 two-session each week.
The course will explain translational studies and their scientific meaning in cancer models, by critically analyzing translational studies in oncology. Through class participation and discussion, students will learn methods used to collect and analyze data, synthesize data from translational studies, within cancer topics and be able to concisely present this information both orally and written. Topics such as the definition of translational studies, clinical setting, study designs, patient stratification, study limitations and pitfalls, the epidemiological view and the P53 model will be covered. Students will be given homework assignments and will be asked to work in small groups on the development and application of a translational study, which will include a class presentation. No previous experience is required to attend the course.
Course Evaluations
EPI507 Genetic Epidemiology
Fall 2
Dr. D. Hunter, Dr. J. Han
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 2-hour lecture each week.
Introduces the basic principles and methods of genetic epidemiology. After a brief review of the history of genetic epidemiology, methods for the study of both high penetrance and low penetrance alleles will be described and discussed. Methods of analysis of genome-wide association studies are a particular focus. Examples of the contribution of genetic analysis to major diseases will be reviewed.
Course Actives: Lectures, final examination
Course Note: EPI249 or equivalent required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
EPI508 Pathology for Edidemiologists
WinterSession
Dr. M. Fiorentino, Dr. L. Mucci (S)
1.25 Credits
Lectures. Four Days. 2-hour lectures & 2-hour labs.
This course provides student an introduction to pathology as a tool to understand the pathogenesis of disease, with a focus on pathology of cancer and pre-neoplstic conditions. Students will be exposed to the systems of classification of tumors and other processes through review of histology slides. In addition, they will be introduced to immunohistochemistry and other molecular pathology techniques used in epidemiology research.
Course Evaluations
EPI509 Evidence Based Epidemiology
WinterSession
Dr. J. Ioannidis, Dr. P. Boffetta
1.25 Credits
5 consecutive days in January
The course will have sessions in three formats: lectures, interactive presentations and discussion of examples, and building research-ideas.
A. The following topics will be covered in 5 circles of lectures:
1. Introduction to evidence-based epidemiology
2. Significance and credibility
3. Biases and errors
4. Integration of similar types of evidence (meta-analyses and individual-level analyses)
5. Integration of different types of evidence (epidemiology and biology)
6. Principles for collaborative research and collaborative structures (multi-center studies, networks, consortia)
7. Translation: principles, efficiency and pitfalls
8. Personalized medicine: expectations and pitfalls
B. There will be a series of short presentations where students will present/discuss with guidance from the tutors specific examples from recent cutting-edge applications of epidemiology, with emphasis on molecular/ translations applications, large-scale evidence, and collaborative efforts.
C. Brainstorming sessions for ideas for empirical research projects emerging during the lecturers and shorter presentation. Participants are encourages to take the lead in at least one project and probe its initial feasibility. Feasible projects may then continue after the course by interested students.
Course Evaluations
EPI510 Global Cancer Epidemiology
WinterSession
Dr. P. Boffetta
1.25 Credits
Lectures. Five 4-hour sessions.
This course provides student an introduction to the global epidemiology of cancer as a tool to understand the worldwide pattern of cancer, the main risk factors operating in different regions, and the main approaches for cancer prevention and control. Emphasis is given to cancer in low- and medium-resource countries, including cancers of the liver, esophagus, cervix, and stomach. The course will address epidemiological research conducted in low- and medium-resource countries and strategies for cancer prevention, screening and downstaging. Students will be required to develop a concept of an original research project.
Course Note: Pass/Fail grading option only. Class Max of 20. Instructor's signature required.
Course Evaluations
GCD211 Metabolic Processes Underlying Complex Diseases
Fall
Dr. B Manning, Dr. C. H. Lee
5 Credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will cover mechanisms controlling key cellular and organism metabolic processes and how deregulation of these processes contribute to complex human diseases, such as cancer and metabolic diseases. Part 1 will focus on cellular metabolic pathways and signaling networks underlying tumorigenesis. Party 2 will emphasize organismal metabolism, inter-tissue communication and the pathophysiology of diabetes, dyslipdemia and atherosclerosis. The course will meet twice a week, with one day of lecure and the other dedicated to critical reading and discussion of classic and current primary literature. This course is limited to 15 students from the Harvard Integrated Life Sciences (HILS) doctoral programs, or other graduate programs with permission from instructors. A firm knowledge of basic biochemistry is a prerequisite.
Course Note: Ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
GCD300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD300 Independent Study/Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GCD400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP211 Management Control in Health Organizations
Fall 2
Dr. M. Mitchell
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is designed for students interested in learning about finance and management of health care in low and middle income countries. The focus will be on the development of knowledge and skills that are needed by managers of health care organizations in a variety of settings. It will cover a broad range of topics including cost analysis, budgeting and control, financial analysis, revenue generation, and performance monitoring. While some theory will be presented, this course will emphasize practical applications of the techniques discussed through the use of the case study method. Although no prior education in financial or managerial accounting is required to take this course, students without any prior training will be expected to do extra work to learn the basics of financial accounting.
Course Note: Students who have or are taking HPM219 or HPM220 may not take this course for credit.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP214 Health, Human Rights, and the International System
Fall 2
Dr. S. Marks
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
This course is designed to provide an overview of the way international institutions deal with health and human rights issues. Focus will be on the responses of the United Nations system, including the World Health Organization (WHO), regional organizations, and non-state actors to some of the pressing issues of health from a human rights perspective. Issues to be explored include: mother-to-child transmission of HIV and ARV drug pricing in Africa; traditional practices, such as female genital cutting (FGC); forced sterilization and rights of indigenous people in Latin America; accountability for mass violations of human rights; health of child workers; and international tobacco control. Among the international institutions to be examined are the WHO, UNAIDS, the World Trade Organization (WTO), UNESCO, the Council of Europe, the Organization of American States, the World Bank, and the International Criminal Court (ICC). The principal teaching method is simulation of actual cases, in which students prepare and present positions of various protagonists, based on research into those positions. The ultimate aim of the course is to prepare students to work for and interact professionally with international institutions to advance the health and human rights objectives, whether through governmental, intergovernmental or nongovernmental processes. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP218 Health and Human Rights: Concepts and Methods for Public Health
Fall 1
Dr. S. Gruskin
2.5 credits
Lecture, case study. One 3-hour session each week.
The course identifies and discusses the complex interactions between health and human rights, with particular emphasis on the use of human rights concepts and methods for public health practice. The course provides basic literacy in modern human rights. Frameworks for analysis of health/human rights interactions are developed and applied, including: effects of health policies and programs on human rights; health consequences of human rights violations; and the linkages between promoting and protecting health and promoting and protecting human rights. Topics including reproductive health and HIV/AIDS are used to illustrate and explore practical applications of human rights in public health, including the value and effectiveness of what are called "rights-based" approaches to health.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP220 Introduction to Demographic Methods
Fall 2
Dr. M. Castro
2.5 Credits
Lectures, class discussions, labs.
This is an introductory level class on the analysis of mortality, fertility and population change. It is required for all masters' and doctoral students in the department of Global Health and Population. Students are introduced to the core literature in this field through lectures, and assigned readings selected from peer-reviewed journals and textbooks. Together, these provide a graduate-level introduction to the principle sources and characteristics of population data and to the essential methods used for the analysis of population problems. The emphasis throughout is on understanding the key processes, models and assumptions used primarily for the analysis of demographic components. Practical training will be given through a required weekly laboratory session, assignments, and a final examination. Examples presented in class and used in assignments are drawn from several countries, combining both developed and developing in assignments are drawn from several countries, combining both developed and developing world realities.
Course Note: Ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
GHP244 Health Sector Reform: A Worldwide Perspective
Fall 2
Dr. T. Bossert
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course surveys the impact of the global movement to reform national health care systems in the lower and middle income countries. It introduces a framework for analyzing health care systems and designing strategies for system reform, including political dimensions, with specific references to developing countries. It then examines some of the major elements of reform strategies as they are being applied in these countries, including goal-setting, financing, the organization of health care and the role of the private health sector, governmental reform, regulation, and change in consumer behavior. Studies and case material from many different countries are used.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP251 Planning and Evaluation of Health Programs
Spring 2
Dr. M. Mitchell
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is an introduction to monitoring and evaluating both U.S. and international health programs and interventions. It aims to combine a solid theoretical understanding of the principles of evaluation with illustrations of practical application. The course will rely heavily on the use of case materials to illustrate how evaluations are done in the field.
The course will provide an overview of the reasons for undertaking a health evaluation and will consider appropriate conceptual frameworks for evaluation. A variety of methods for obtaining information are presented including the use of qualitative and quantitative data and how each of these might be collected in a variety of settings. Students are introduced to practical problems encountered in designing and conducting evaluation studies in a variety of settings including disease specific control programs, primary health care, training and communications programs and reproductive health.
Course Note: The course is intended for MPH and MS and doctoral students interested in health program evaluation. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP253 Human Ecology
Fall 2
Dr. R. Levins
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Provides a broad overview of the human ecosystem as it emerges out of, but as different from, pre-human ecology. Topics are selected from biosphere processes, population interaction, agricultural systems, adaptation evolution and ecology of disease, ecological politics, and evolution. Also considers the role of knowledge and conscious planning as an aspect of human ecology and examines the approaches toward the solution of ecological problems.
Course Note: Basic knowledge of biology recommended.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP261 Models of Complex Systems in Biology and Public Health
Spring
Dr. T. Awerbuch(P), Dr. R. Levins (S)
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
This course examines complex models as a basis for analyzing biological and social phenomena relevant to public health. Applied topics include: spread and maintenance of infectious diseases such as AIDS, lyme disease and malaria; diffusion bioassays for determining toxicity and mutagenicity of drugs; screening for breast cancer; blood screening, enzyme kinetics; demographic modeling and population structures. Methodological topics include differential equations, difference equations, probability, Leslie matrices, fitting models to data and computer simulation.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP263 Grant Writing for Funding of Research and Health Care Projects
WinterSession
Dr. K. Dumbaugh (P), Dr. D. Bloom (S)
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Ten 3-hour sessions from Monday, January 4, 2010 - Friday, January 15, 2010 from 9:00-12:00 AM with an additional 2.5 hour session on Wednesday, January 6 from 6:00-8:30 PM. A mandatory organizational meeting to discuss concept paper requirements and the course objectives will be held on Thursday, November 12, 2009, from 12:30 to 1:20 PM, Room TBA.
The objective of the course is to provide participants with: 1) the opportunity to prepare a fundable grant proposal for submission to a funding agency upon completion of the course; 2) a framework that enables participants to write realistic and fundable proposals for basic or applied research, or for projects that deliver services or care. (Participants are required to obtain support from a mentor for their proposal before, during, and after the course); and 3) the most relevant sources of information about organizations that fund such work.
Course Note: Enrollment is limited to 18 students. Signature of instructor required. Submission of concept paper requirement will be discussed at a mandatory organizational meeting on Thursday, November 12, 2009, from 12:30 to 1:20 p.m. By Wednesday, December 2, interested students must submit a 200 word (two short paragraphs) description of their idea for a proposal for review to kdumbaug@hsph.harvard.edu with phone number where the student can be reached for discussion of proposed project idea. Selection of participants will be based on the order in which students submit and review their concept paper with the instructor. Selection will start by Thursday, December 4, 2009.
Course grading: 30 % class discussion, 20 % class presentation, 50% draft proposal.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP265 Ethical Issues in Global Health Research
Spring 2
Dr. R. Cash, Dr. D. Wikler
2.5 credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
Seminar. One 3-hour session each week.
This course is designed to expose students to the key ethical issues that may be encountered in the course of conducting global health research. Using case presentations and discussion-based class sessions, students will have the opportunity to begin developing their own tools for dealing with these important issues in an applied context. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP267 HIV/AIDS in Developing Countries: Epidemiol & National Responses
Fall 2
Dr. D. Halperin
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is designed to provide a broad description of the distinct features of the HIV/AIDS epidemic in developing countries, and the evolution of national responses against HIV/AIDS in selected countries. The course will focus on sub-Saharan Africa, although relevant examples from other developing countries will be addressed during the presentations and discussions. At the beginning of the course, an overview of the status of the HIV/AIDS epidemic will be presented and followed by a discussion of the methods used to derive regional HIV/AIDS estimates. Later, specific factors contributing to the severe HIV/AIDS epidemic in sub-Saharan Africa will be examined, and strategies that could be used to reduce further spread of the epidemic will be discussed. Subsequent sessions will focus on the evolution of national responses against HIV/AIDS epidemic in selected countries. In each country, the main features of the national HIV/AIDS control program will be described, and the key strategies adopted in reducing further spread of the HIV epidemic will be presented and critiqued.
Course Activities: Case studies from selected countries where HIV/AIDS interventions have worked (or not) will be presented and discussed to assess the possibility of replicating programs from countries where HIV/AIDS interventions have been more or less successful. A combination of formal lectures, case studies and student presentations will be used.
Course Note: No auditors; enrollment limited to 35.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP268 Field Experience in Health and Human Rights
WinterSession
Dr. S. Marks
1.25 credits
Seminars, field work
In this course, students will acquire the basic skills in applying a human rights framework to health issues in a professional work environment. Depending on their field placement, they may learn about operational skills in settings where health and human rights are practiced or about organizing a study to investigate human rights conditions affecting health. Each student will be expected to identify an organization with which they would like to work for the Winter Session period and secure a placement within that organization. Students are expected to attend a short preparatory workshop in the Fall 2 quarter. Participants will study materials pertinent to their placement and project before heading to the field assignment. After completion of their field work, each student is required to hand in a 10-page paper to be graded by the course instructor on a pass/fail basis.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 15; contract with department required; attend a short workshop in Fall 2; pass/fail option only. Applications must be completed by October 8 and participants will be notified by October 19.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP269 Applied Politics and Economics I: Political Economy of Intl Hlth
Spring 1
Dr. M. Reich
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Presents theoretical perspectives, empirical cases and research issues in policy analysis, political economy, political strategies and governance in international health. Focus is on analytical and methodological issues as applied to international health policy. Examines the political economy constraints on national and international health initiatives, the role of international agencies, the impact of non-governmental organizations, and the role of the state.
Course Activities: All students will be expected to participate actively in class discussions. There will be a midterm and a final paper due at the end of the course. Doctoral students will be expected to prepare a more extensive final paper. Exams and papers will constitute 70% of the grade and class participation 30%. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP272 Foundations of Global Health and Population
Fall
D. Bloom, J. Lamstein
5.0 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions and one 2-hour lab each week.
This course is required for all incoming master of science and doctoral students. It is intended as a broad survey of the main facts, issues, perspectives, methods, results, and conclusions in the areas of global population and health.
The course is organized into three blocks. The first block deals with theory, methods, and evidence related to the state of global health and population and reviews salient population and health issues, both past and present. The focus is on patterns and trends in morbidity, mortality, fertility, and reproductive health, as well as the size, structure, and growth of population. Environmental concerns linked to health and population are also addressed.
The second block deals with the economic, social, legal, political, and ecological context in which global health and population issues arise and must be addressed. This block introduces economic, political, and rights-based perspectives on the place of health in the process of international development.
The third block covers approaches to the design and implementation of policies and programs to address health and population problems. Medical interventions, non-medical health interventions, and non-health interventions will all be considered.
Course Note: Space guaranteed for all SM and doctoral students in the department of Global Health and Population; others on a first-come basis.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP274 Applied Quantitative Methods I
Fall 1
Dr. S. Humair
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will review, as well as introduce, methods of mathematical analysis that form an essential tool kit for doctoral level courses in economic analysis. The course is a pre-requisite for GHP291 (Microeconomics and applications to public health in developing countries) that is taught in the spring semester. Topics covered include differential and integral calculus, and optimization methods. Some applications of these methods to economic analysis will also be discussed. Participants in the course will be expected to be proficient in introductory level calculus and linear algebra.
Course note: There will be weekly problem sets, a take-home mid-term examination and an in-class final examination. Lab or section time will be announced at first meeting.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP283 Pharmaceutical Policy and Global Health
Spring
Dr. Michael R. Reich
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies: One two-hour session each week.
The course consists of readings and presentations on major issues related to pharmaceutical policy and global health, with particular attention to access to medicines. Topics will include: essential drugs, the global market for pharmaceuticals, patents, drug development, price policy, international trade agreements, drug development for neglected diseases, non-governmental organizations, generic drugs, vaccines, AIDS medicines, drug donation programs, and the politics of national drug policies.. Each session will consist of a brief presentation by a student, followed by general discussion. Some topics will be presented by visiting experts. Each student will be required to write a 15-20 page paper.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 20, instructor's signature required. Interested students should submit a CV and short statement (300) words on why they want to take the course to michael_reich@harvard.edu. No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP288 Issues in Health and Human Rights
Spring 2
Dr. S. Marks
2.5 credits
Not Offered 2008-2009
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The aim of this course is to introduce students to the application of the human rights framework to a wide range of critical areas of public health. Through lectures, cases and guest speakers, students will become familiar with the human rights perspective as applied to selected public health policies, programs and interventions. The course clarifies how human rights approaches complement and differ from those of bioethics and public health ethics.
Among the issues to be considered from a human rights perspective are the bioethics and human rights as reflected in the Nuremberg code, torture prevention and treatment, infectious diseases: MDRTB and incarceration, violence prevention and responses, genetic manipulation, access to affordable drugs, community-based health management and financing, child labor, aging, and tobacco control.
Course requirements are active participation in class discussion (20%) and a term paper (80%)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP291 Microeconomics and Applications to PH in Developing Countries
Spring
Dr. A. Mahal
5.0 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This is a course in applied microeconomic theory (formerly GHP271). We use basic calculus, differentiation, and simple constrained maximization theory to develop empirical models of the behavior of individuals, households, firms, and markets, as well as normative theories of social welfare and resource allocation within the health sector. All applications will be drawn from population and public health issues in developing countries. Empirical applications include individuals' demand for health care, health insurance, and retirement saving; the determinants of fertility and educational investments in children; the distribution of resources within households; formal and informal mechanisms for risk sharing; the supply of physician and health services; market failures and inefficiencies due to asymmetric information in health insurance markets; and applications of the theory externalities and public goods to disease control and environmental policy. Normative applications include the trade-off between equity and efficiency, criteria for resource allocation and project evaluation within the health sector such as cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness analysis, and ethical issues such as the valuation of life, the multiple competing objectives of health policy, and fairness.
Course note: The course makes use of calculus and constrained maximization at the level of GHP274 or equivalent. (7.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP293 Individual and Social Responsibility for Health
Fall 1
Dr. D. Wikler
2.5 credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The concept of responsibility for health plays a key role in health policy, but it is rarely articulated or evaluated. In this course, students will consider alternative understandings of assignments of responsibility for health to individuals, the state, the family, communities, nonprofit and for-profit firms, and other entities. They will identify their occurrences in health policy debates, assess the cogency of their use in ethical arguments in health policy, and trace the policy consequences of their normative analyses. The course will also serve as an introduction to ethical perspectives on public health.
Course Note: Minimum enrollment of 15 required. Evaluation of Performance: Exams and a term project identifying and evaluating the role of responsibility for health in an area health policy. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP294 International Health Economics I
Fall 1
Dr. R. Soares
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 1.5-hour lectures each week.
The course is designed to use economic methods to study a range of issues in international health economics. It will examine the determinants and impact of the epidemiological and demographic transitions, the role of health as a form of human capital, and the impact of population changes and health improvements in economic development, each with an international focus. The topics in the course will be addressed from an economic perspective, with emphasis on historical examples, current facts, relevant economic theories and hypotheses, existing empirical research, gaps in the existing literature and prospects for future research in the area.
Course note: GHP291 or signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP297 Field Trip: Health Reform and Community Medicine in Chile
WinterSession
Winter Session
Dr. T. Bossert
1.25 credits
Jan. 4 - Jan 22, 2010
This Winter Term course will allow students to see first hand two major current public health issues in a remarkable and exciting period of innovation in Chile: the process of reforming health systems and innovations in community medicine approaches, including the assessment of social capital initiatives.
Chile was one of the first countries on the continent to significantly reform its health system in the 1980s, introducing new programs of public and private social insurance schemes, promoting the growth of private sector providers and decentralizing their public health services. It has been a model for health reform in many other countries. Since the restoration of democracy in the 1990s, many in the health sector have been proposing new reforms to correct many of the problems that emerged in implementation of the initial reforms.
A leader in promoting community-oriented health systems, Chile is also a laboratory of innovations in outreach programs, community participation, 24 hour emergency service units, and special programs for the elderly and other specific risk groups. Recent innovations in community medicine have been implemented by the Catholic University in pilot programs around Santiago. Complementing these programs is a research project to assess the role of social capital (trust in others and participation in voluntary groups) in health care services and health status.
The three week 1.25 credit course involves:
· introductory lectures by HSPH faculty to orient students to the key issues of health reform and community medicine in Chile
· lectures by key participants in the health reform process - past and present
· interviews with current stakeholders and observers of the health reform process
· lectures and field visits to community medicine pilot clinics
· individual short research projects on health reform, community medicine and/or social capital
The course will be for 1.25 credits and will require a power point presentation on individual research into one of the topics of the course. The course dates are January 4 to 22 - a beautiful summer time period in Santiago. Housing arrangements can be made at a reasonable price in university housing. Collective flight arrangements may also be possible. Spanish will be helpful but not essential.
Course Note: Enrollment is limited to 15 students; pass/fail grading option only. An orientation session will be held to discuss the course options with interested students. Applications must be completed by October 8 and participants will be notified by October 19.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP298 Field Trip to Mumbai India
WinterSession
WinterSession
Dr. R. Cash
1.25 credits
January 4 - January 22, 2010
The purpose of the three-week visit is to familiarize the students with the health problems and health systems of India, especially the urban areas. The program would be based in Mumbai, the largest urban area in India and one of the world's largest. The students will be hosted by the Tata Institute for Social Sciences (TISS) in Mumbai (it has one of the few MPH programs in India,) which will direct the orientation program (including field trips) and set up the field placements for each student. Students in groups of 2-6 will be assigned to various institutions and programs that reflect their own interests.
Course Note: Students who are enrolled in the MPH, MS, or doctoral program will be eligible. Pass/Fail grade only. Applications must be completed by Thursday, October 8, 2009 and participants will be notified by October 19. Sessions in which the health, culture, political, and socio-economic factors in Mumbai will be reviewed and scheduled for Fall 2. The program will be limited to a maximum of twelve students.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP299 Masters Thesis
Spring
Dr. A. Hill
5 credits
Student must produce a written thesis in accordance with the thesis guidelines developed by the department.
Course Note: Signature of instructor required; ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. The program provides an opportunity to consider the design of studies, programs, or analysis of data.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
(5.06)
Course Evaluations
GHP300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. The program provides an opportunity to consider the design of studies, programs, or analysis of data.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. The program provides an opportunity to consider the design of studies, programs, or analysis of data.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. The program provides an opportunity to consider the design of studies, programs, or analysis of data.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. The program provides an opportunity to consider the design of studies, programs, or analysis of data.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. The program provides an opportunity to consider the design of studies, programs, or analysis of data.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. The program provides an opportunity to consider the design of studies, programs, or analysis of data.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
(5.06)
Course Evaluations
GHP350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP356 Research Methods in Population
Fall
Dr. G. Wyshak
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
(5.06)
Course Evaluations
GHP356 Research Methods in Population
Spring
Dr. G. Wyshak
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
(5.06)
Course Evaluations
GHP400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
GHP502 International Reproductive Health Issues:From theory to Practic
Spring 1
2.5 credits
Ms. K. Blanchard, Dr. David Bloom (S)
Seminars, case studies
Description
This seminar will offer students the opportunity to explore the development and implementation of reproductive health research projects and programmatic initiatives in international settings. Through the examination of weekly case studies, students will acquire a better understanding of the complexity of working in the field of reproductive health in the international context and an appreciation of the ways in which the perspectives and methods of various health and social science disciplines can be integrated in the development of effective health programs. Session topics will include family planning, emergency contraception, abortion, and HIV/AIDS. Presenters will draw on case studies from Latin America, Sub-Saharan Africa, and the Middle East, and will identify both technical and programmatic challenges as well as successful interventions.
Course Objectives: At the completion of the course, you will be able to
1) Understand the range of international reproductive health issues, with particular emphasis on policy, clinical and rights challenges.
2) Critically review research results on international reproductive health.
3) Link policy and advocacy efforts and identify research opportunities that can inform these discussions.
Course note: Instructor's signature required.
Course Evaluations
GHP503 The Determinants of Fertility and Mortality
Spring 2
Dr. Kenneth Hill
2.5 credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
The course, intended for students who have completed a basic course in demographic measures, will examine the record of fertility and mortality change through the course of human history and of differentials in fertility and mortality. These theories include the effects of modernization, economics, technology, social structure and other factors bearing on human behavior. The first block covers theories of fertility and how well they account for the empirical observations, while the second block will do the same for mortality. The emphasis of the course will be on examining the agreement between theory and actual outcomes.
Course Objectives: At the end of the course the student will be able to:
Describe the broad trends of human fertility and mortality through history
Distinguish between the major theories of fertility and mortality change
Assess the strengths and weaknesses of each theory in explaining observed patterns
Course Note: GHP 220 or instructor signature required. Ordinal grading option only. (1.07)
Course Evaluations
GHP504 Applied Qualitative Methods for Global Health Research
Spring 1
Dr. Theresa S. Betancourt
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 3-hour session each wwek.
The aim of this course is to provide students with an introduction to qualitative methods for international health research. The module is designed to expose students to a wide range of topics including: developing research questions, sampling and site selection, frequently used qualitative methods (such as interviews, observations, focus groups), design of qualitative research protocols, as well as data management and analysis. Students will engage in a variety of active learning exercises (such as constructing and conducting a short informal interview) and will work in small groups on the preparation of a qualitative research project on a defined topic area of international or multicultural health. Class activities and discussions will aim at building a research community in the class, where students support each other’s development as researchers recognizing the complexity, benefits and limitations of conducting cross-cultural qualitative research.
Course prerequisite:
Prospective students wishing to enroll in GHP 504 must email an essay (maximum half-page) to course TA, Pamela Scorza (pamelascorza@gmail.com) by December 1, 2009. All admitted students will be notified by December 18, 2009.
The essay should describe:
- Current departmental affiliation, degree program and remaining time to graduation
- Rationale for and interest in pursuing training in qualitative methods
- Upcoming plans to use qualitative methods in research
-Any prior training in or experience with using qualitative methods in field research (and lessons learned if relevant)
- Research topics and populations in which the student plans to use qualitative methods
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 30 students. Ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
GHP505 Sex, Reproduction and Reproductive Health
Spring 2
Dr. A. Hill
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This is a second level class which builds on the material covered in GHP 272 (Foundations of Global Population and Health) and GHP 220 (Introduction to Demographic Methods). Students are introduced to the core literature in this field through lectures, readings presented in a course packet, case studies and other sources. Together, these provide a graduate-level introduction to the concepts underlying reproductive health and to the essential methods used for the analysis of fertility and reproductive problems. The emphasis throughout is on understanding the key processes, models and assumptions used primarily for the analysis of fertility and reproductive health in developing countries. Several case studies, including major interventions to improve reproductive health, are presented in detail. Practical training will be given through homework exercises, a mid-term and a final examination. Examples are drawn mostly from the Indian sub-continent, Africa and the Middle East. Useful for MPH students interested in fertility and reproductive health in developing countries.
Course Notes: There are no formal prerequisites for this course but students are expected to have a working knowledge of Excel or an equivalent spreadsheet package for the analysis and graphical display of demographic data. No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP506 Measuring Population Health
Spring 1
Dr. J. Salomon
2.5 credits
Lectures, lab. Two 2-hour sessions and one 2-hour optional lab each week.
This course is designed to introduce students to the definition and measurement of population health. The primary objective is to provide an overview of the conceptual, methodological and empirical basis for quantifying levels of health in individuals and populations, including the construction of a range of different summary measures that combine information on mortality and non-fatal health outcomes. The course aims to give students an understanding of the technical basis for measurement in international work on population health; and to give students an appreciation of the uses and limitations of these methods in policy-making and priority-setting, particularly in developing countries. Practical training will be given through homework exercises and a final exam. Students are expected to have a working knowledge of Excel or an equivalent spreadsheet package. Other packages such as Stata will be introduced during the course for those with no previous experience. Required for MS and doctoral students in the department of Global Health and Population. Useful for MPH students interested in the construction, interpretation and application of health indicators
Course Note: GHP 220: Introduction to Demographic Methods or permission of instructor. Optional lab meets Fridays from 10:30 to 12:20 in LL6.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP507 Population Health Risk Factors
Spring 1
Dr. M. Ezzati
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions.
Detailed knowledge of the roles of diseases and injuries, and of their causes and risk factors, is essential evidence for health policies and for planning and evaluating health systems and intervention programs. A substantial body of work has focused on the quantification of mortality and more recently non-fatal health outcomes, as covered in GHP220 (Introduction to Demographic Methods) and GHP506 (Measuring Population Health). Data on disease or injury outcomes alone tend to focus on palliative or curative services. Reliable and comparable analyses of lifestyle, environmental, and nutritional risks to health, on the other hand, are needed for preventing disease and injury. This course is designed to guide students through the multitude of concepts, methods, and data needed to conduct systematic assessment of health risks at the population level, and their applications, for example, in evaluating public health policies and intervention options.
The course builds on the knowledge and skills acquired in introductory epidemiology courses. The methods learned in the course, in addition to their independent applications to public health problems and priority setting, serve as a basis for other courses in the School, including those on evaluating the impact of health interventions, priority-setting using combinations of burden of disease and economic analyses.
The first block of lectures focuses on the concepts of risk assessment and the basic methods and data needs used for population level risk assessment. The second part of the course introduces the concepts of multiple risk factors and their analytical as well as public health implications. The last part of the course introduces the students to time dimensions of risk factor exposure, avoidable disease burden, and forecasts of future trends in disease with and without changes in the risk factors. The second and third blocks form the core of a more advanced risk factor course (GHP509).
Course Note: BIO200 or BIO201 and EPI200 or EPI201, or permission of the instructor required; ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP509 Advanced Seminar on Population Health Risk Factors
Fall 2
Dr. Majid Ezzati
2.5 credits
Not offered 2009-2010.
Seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
Detailed descriptions of the magnitude and distribution of diseases and injuries, and their causes are important inputs to strategies for improving population health. Analyses of disease or injury outcomes alone, such as death or hospitalization, tend to focus on the need for palliative or curative services. Reliable and comparable analysis of risks to health, on the other hand, is needed for preventing disease and injury. This seminar is designed to provide the students with an advanced understanding of the concepts and analytics related to health risks, with emphasis on their population level effects. We will use scholarly publications as the basis for critical discussion and probing of the of course topics. The topics included in the course will center around two broad themes:
1. Multiple risk factors
a. Relative and absolute risk concepts; risk factor interaction
b. Mediated effects
c. Risk factor correlation; risk factor and disease correlation
d. Multiple correlated risk factors and health inequalities
2. Temporal dimensions of risk factor analysis
a. Hazard accumulation and risk reversibility
b. Risk factor trends and avoidable disease burden
This seminar builds on the introductory knowledge and skills acquired in GHP 507 (Population Health Risk Factors). Although the seminar is designed primarily in preparation for research on risk factors, it will also create a strong foundation for applications such as evaluating the impact of health interventions and priority-setting using combinations of burden of disease and economic analyses.
Approximately two-thirds of the seminars will focus only on critical discussion of specific topics with reference to specific scholarly publications. In the last part, time will be divided between further seminar discussion and student presentation of ongoing papers with reference to the seminar topics for a critical discussion by their peers. The paper is expected to fit a research framework and have a theoretical underpinning, by either providing a detailed research proposal related to the student's research interests or resulting in a paper of publishable quality.
Course Note: GHP507 or instructor's signature required.
Course Evaluations
GHP510 Humanitarian Protection in Conflict:Legal and Policy Challenges
Fall
Mr. C. Bruderlein, Dr. J. Leaning
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One 2-hour session each week
The protection of civilians during armed conflict is a complex and bold endeavor, requiring a multidimensional response to address the various sources of vulnerabilities affecting populations, in a strategic manner. For each of these vulnerabilities, distinct tools and standards must often be mobilized to analyze the causes of conflicts and consequences on populations. In this context, humanitarian professionals must engage in multifaceted and complex approaches addressing the legal, political, social, medical, and public health aspects of crises, in addition to managing operations in often remote and hazardous environments. Each of these domains, in turn, may also become the subject of various interpretations and agendas by the belligerents, host countries, donors, international agencies, and non-governmental organizations, increasing the importance of the strategic thinking, dialogue, and negotiation skills of humanitarian practitioners.
This course will offer a multidisciplinary approach to the protection of civilians during armed conflict, with a primary emphasis on student engagement. Through a careful blend of theory and practical application, this course seeks to acquaint students with the relevant legal, historical, and policy material and equip them with the necessary understanding and skills to address humanitarian concerns in an operational environment. It will provide students with an overview of the humanitarian framework related to the protection of civilians during armed conflicts, as well as encourage participants to explore and assess dilemmas of IHL and humanitarian action.
The main objective of the seminar is to prepare students to engage in a strategic reflection on the most pressing challenges confronted by governments, international organizations, and non-governmental organizations involved in areas of conflict.
Course Note: Students interested in the WinterSession course GHP 543 (Indonesia in 2010) are strongly advised to take this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP515 Humanitarian Studies in the Field
WinterSession
WinterSession
Dr. J. Leaning
2.5 credits
Seminar, case studies. Five 6-hour sessions each week.
This course will offer a practical and in-depth analysis of the complex issues and skills needed to engage in humanitarian work in field settings. Through presentations offered by the faculty of the Humanitarian Studies Initiative and guest speakers who are experts in their topic areas, students will gain familiarity with the primary frameworks in the humanitarian field (human rights, livelihoods, Sphere standards, international humanitarian law) and will focus on practical issues that arise in the field, such as rapid public health assessments, field cluster sampling techniques, application of minimum standards for food security, and operational approaches to relations with the military in humanitarian settings. Topics will be presented in case studies and in structured participatory modes. A paper of 5 pages will be required at the completion of the course analyzing a current humanitarian crisis from the perspective of one of the main topics presented in the course. Additionally, these topics will provide the foundational knowledge and skills needed to perform successfully during a Spring-02 course which will involve a three-day intensive simulation of a humanitarian crisis, which is a required component of the HSI program.
At the completion of this WinterSession course, the students will be able to fulfill the following learning objectives:
-To design a rapid health assessment in the field including applying appropriate epidemiological methods to assess population needs in crisis situations;
-To design, conduct, and analyze field interviews with key stakeholders in a humanitarian crisis - a cross-section of the local affected population, brigands and local militia, international heads of agencies, local and regional governmental officials, members of the local and international press, and representatives of the United Nations agencies;
-To synthesize the complex social, political, economic, geographic, and public health parameters that define the dynamic of a given humanitarian crisis; and
-To analyze the historical frameworks that define current approaches to humanitarian response and to assess the relative utility of these frameworks in a particular situation.
Course Note: For more information about the HSI program, visit www.humanitarianstudies.org.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP516 Humanitarian Studies in the Field II
Spring 2
Dr. J. Leaning
2.5 credits
Seminar, case studies. One 3-hour Session each week.
Special Class Sessions:
Sunday, April 18th, 5:00 PM - 6:30 PM: pre-Simulation briefing
Location: The Joseph B. Martin Conference Center at Harvard Medical School, 77 Avenue Louis Pasteur Boston MA 02115
Friday, April 23rd through Sunday, April 25th: HSI Simulation
Location: Harold Parker State Forest, Andover MA
Monday, April 26th, 4:00 PM - 5:30 PM: post-Simulation briefing
Location: The Joseph B. Martin Conference Center at Harvard Medical School, 77 Avenue Louis Pasteur Boston MA 02115
This course offers an in-depth analysis of the complex issues surrounding humanitarian response as well as practical skills needed to engage in humanitarian work in field settings. Course topics will be presented in case studies and in structured participatory modes. Students will utilize knowledge of the humanitarian field gained in the Winter Session course GHP 515 (human rights, livelihoods, Sphere standards, international humanitarian law) during a field simulation exercise. During the simulated humanitarian crisis, involving faculty members, role-players, and guest experts, students will focus on practical issues that arise in the field, such as rapid public health assessments, field cluster sampling techniques, application of minimum standards for food security, and operational approaches to relations with the military in humanitarian settings.
The three-day simulation exercise will take place in the Harold Parker State Forest in North Andover, MA from Friday morning through late Sunday afternoon at the end of April. Students will spend two nights in the forest and be a part of a complicated disaster and conflict scenario. They will be expected to demonstrate mastery of the knowledge acquired throughout the course. During the simulation, students will work in teams representing different humanitarian non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and will necessarily engage with a wide range of local and non-state actors (roles developed and filled by HSI faculty, alumni, and affiliates). After the completion of the simulation, students will be required to write a 10 to 15 page paper detailing a service delivery plan of response to the same theoretical humanitarian crisis.
At the completion of this course, the students will be able to fulfill the following learning objectives:
-Design a rapid health assessment in the field including applying appropriate epidemiological methods to assess population needs in crisis situations;
-Design, conduct, and analyze field interviews with key stakeholders in a humanitarian crisis - a cross-section of the local affected population, brigands and local militia, international heads of agencies, local and regional governmental officials, members of the local and international press, and representatives of the United Nations agencies;
-Synthesize the complex social, political, economic, geographic, and public health parameters that define the dynamic of a given humanitarian crisis.
Course Prerequisite: Students are required to successfully complete GHP 515, "Humanitarian Studies in the Field."
Course Fee: Students will be expected to contribute a $300.00 course fee to cover the per capita cost of this experience.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP520 The Ecology of Health in Development
Spring 2
Dr. R. Levins
2.50 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week
This course is a sequel to Human Ecology, GHP 253-fall II. It will be run as a semi-seminar course with about 1/3 lecture, 2/3 student-led discussions and reports. There will be a common core of general readings and then students will read different selections to contribute to the discussion.
Themes: The Eco-social Distress Syndrome, a multidimensional imbalance between our species and the rest of nature against the background of the conflicting demands for a rising and equitable standard of living for all and the constraints of sustainability.
Each kind of society has its own pattern of relations with the rest of nature including resources, waste, microorganisms, pests, habitats, climate and demography and its own ways of generating knowledge giving rise to distinct patterns of knowledge and ignorance.
Each habitat (natural or anthropogenic) provides human societies with its own constraints and opportunities and its own health spectrum.
Different strategies of development have differential effects on all of these. In order to span a wide range of alternatives situations, the course will be organized around selected geographic areas (the Lake Victoria basin, Thailand or the Philippines, Central America and the Caribbean), habitats (tropical forests, semi-arid savannas, coastlines, cities), health problems (malnutrition, malaria, cholera, emerging viruses) and development strategies for resource use, agricultural development, national science strategy (neo-liberal, nationalist, socialist) with an emphasis on the less familiar approaches, and international efforts to reconcile development with ecology.
Course notes: Minimum enrollment required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP525 Econometrics for Health Policy
Spring
Dr. G. Fink
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week and one optional lab each week.
This is a course in applied econometrics for doctoral and advanced master level students. The course has two primary objectives: (1) to develop skills in linking economic behavioral models and quantitative analysis, in a way that students can use in their own research; (2) to develop students' abilities to understand and evaluate critically other peoples' econometric studies.
The course focuses on developing the theoretical basis and practical application of the most common empirical models used in health policy research. In particular, it pays special attention to a class of models identifying causal effects in observational data, including instrumental variable estimation, simultaneous equations and two-stage-least-squares, quasi-experiments and difference-in-difference method, sample selection, treatment effect models and propensity score methods.
Lectures will be complemented with computer exercises building on public domain data sets commonly used in health research. The statistical package recommended for the exercises is Stata.
Course Note: Students are expected to be familiar with probability theory (density and distribution functions) as well as the concepts underlying basic ordinary least square (OLS) estimation.
Course Activities: Optional review and computer lab sessions will be held.
Course Evaluations
GHP526 Research in Global Health and Population
Fall/Spring
Dr. D. Canning
5.0 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 1.5-hour session each week plus regular group meeting with instructor.
Course held at 9 Bow Street in Cambridge.
This course is designed for doctoral students as preparation for undertaking research. Students will gain familiarity with household level and aggregate level datasets commonly used in research in global health and population. They will learn how to access the datasets and merge different files to create data in a form that is ready for analysis. They will evaluate the quality of these datasets. Students will learn to read and critically evaluate recent research articles in the field of global health and population. Students will be expected to replicate the results in the papers studied and to provide and implement suggestions for improving the methodology used.
Students will form small groups (2-4) to undertake a group research project. Each group will design a proposal that poses a relevant research hypothesis and have data and a statistical methodology that is capable of answering the question posed. Students will carry out the analysis and write a joint group research paper. Students will gain experience in conducting research, writing up the results, and making presentations.
Course Note: This is a year-long course and it is primarily intended for second year doctoral students planning to proceed to undertake thesis research.
Course Evaluations
GHP527 Political Economy and Ethics of Health Reform:
Spring
Cases of Mexico and Taiwan
T. Bossert, W. Hsiao
5.0 Credits
Seminars, Case Studies. One 3-hour session each week.
In this advanced doctoral seminar course, students will be introduced to theoretical and methodological approaches from political science, economics and applied ethics to understanding the policy process that leads to (or obstructs) health system reform. The course will begin by linking broad theoretical approaches to a pair of in-depth case studies (Mexico and Taiwan) of health system change. As the students become more familiar with these approaches in particular contexts, the course will build parsimonious theories that can be applied more generally. Students will learn to use comparative, quantitative and formal approaches to analyze health system change. Students will learn how to craft important research questions and to use the appropriate evaluation methods to investigate the impacts of health system reforms. This class will help students identify potential research topics by showing where the frontier of knowledge is about political economy and health systems and the determinants of health systems performance.
Course pre-requisites: BIO 222 Basics of Statistical Inference, GHP 244 Health Sector Reform: A Worldwide Perspective, GHP 269 Applied Politics and Economics I: Political Economy of International Health, GHP 291 Microeconomics and Applications to Public Health in Developing Countries, GHP 525 Econometrics for Health Policy, HPM 243 Health Economics: Economic Analysis of the Health Care System and ID 292 Justice and Resource Allocation
Course Evaluations
GHP528 Quantitative Methods for Impact Evaluation
Spring 2
Dr. J. Cohen
2.5 credits
Lectures
One 3-hour session each week.
The objective of this course is to provide students with a set of theoretical, econometric and reasoning skills to estimate the causal impact of one variable on another. Students will be introduced to a variety of econometric techniques in impact evaluation and will learn both how to analyze a program or policy that happened in the past and how to design an evaluation of one that will happen in the future. We will go beyond questions about whether a particular policy or program had an impact on targeted outcomes and analyze the channels through which the impact was likely achieved. This will require familiarity with microeconomic theories of incentives, institutions, social networks, etc. Students will learn to critically analyze evaluation research and to gauge how convincing the research is in identifying a causal impact. They will use these skills to develop an evaluation plan for a topic of their own, with the aim of stimulating ideas for dissertation research.
Course Prerequisites: GHP 291 and GHP 525
Course Note: Priority will be given to GHP doctoral students in their last semester of course work. Prerequisite courses can be taken concurrently with GHP528. Ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
GHP532 Introduction to Global Health Care Delivery
WinterSession
Dr. Joseph Rhatigan, Dr. P. Farmer
2.5 credits
January 2010: January 11-22, 2010
Lectures, case studies, laboratories. Eight 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will engage students in analysis of case studies that describe interventions to improve health care delivery in resource-poor settings. Class room discussion of these case studies will help illuminate principles and frameworks for the design of efficient and effective global health interventions. Through a focus on HIV, tuberculosis, and polio, these cases will allow students to carefully consider the question of how epidemiology, pathophysiology, culture, economics, and politics inform the design of interventions.
Course Evaluations
GHP532 Introduction to Global Health Care Delivery
Summer 1
Dr. J. Rhatigan, Dr. P. Farmer, Dr. W. Rodriguez, Dr. J. Mukerjee
2.5 credits
Summer 1
Lectures, case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will engage students in analysis of case studies that describe interventions to improve health care delivery in resource-poor settings. Class room discussion of these case studies will help illuminate principles and frameworks for the design of effective global health interventions. Through a focus on HIV, tuberculosis, and malaria, these cases will allow students to carefully consider the question of how epidemiology, pathophysiology, culture, economics, and politics inform the design and performance of global health projects.
Course Evaluations
GHP533 Advance Qualitative Methods & Data Analysis for Health Research
Spring 2
Dr. D. Halperin
2.5 credits
Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Some lectures at the beginning, though the course will mainly follow an advanced graduate student seminar format.
This course will provide students who have already conducted qualitative research in an area of global health (e.g., for their master's or doctoral thesis work) with the opportunity to consider how to most effectively analyze their data. It is assumed that students will also have had some prior training/classroom experience in designing and collecting qualitative research, such as an Introductory course at HSPH (or elsewhere) in Qualitative Research Methods. Didactic sessions will present and explore several of the leading directions in qualitative data analysis, from the fields of medical anthropology, sociology (i.e., grounded theory approaches), and social psychology. The main objective of the course will be to allow students to present their current work in progress and to receive systematic feedback from classmates and the instructor on their data analysis methodology.
Course Activities: Students will be expected to actively engage in the first six sessions, centered on relatively formal lectures about qualitative data analysis methodologies, as well as in the subsequent sessions, which will constitute more of an advanced graduate student seminar venue, in which each student will have nearly an hour to both formally present her/his data analysis content and process and to receive constructive input on how to improve the methodological approach. Students will also be required to submit a data analysis proposal.
Course Prerequisite: Prospective students wishing to enroll in GHP533 must contact the instructor at dhalperi@hsph.harvard.edu or via phone at 432-7388.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 15. Instructor's signature required.
Course Evaluations
GHP534 Introduction to Spatial Methods for Public Health
Spring 2
Dr. M. Castro
2.5 credits
Lectures, Seminars, Case Studies, Laboratory. Two 2-hour sessions and One 1-hour laboratory each week.
This is an introductory level course in the conceptual and analytic tools used to understand how spatial distributions of exposure impact on processes and patterns of disease. It covers methods that allow: (i) examination of patterns of health and disease in place and time, (ii) application of geospatial technologies and methods for epidemiology, (iii) analysis of time-space relations, (iv) identification of clusters and diffusion of disease, and (v) study of geographical epidemiology of selected infectious and noninfectious diseases.
Prerequisites:
Although there are no prerequisites for this course, students are highly encouraged to take one of the workshops on ArcGis offered by the Center for Geographical Analysis (CGA) - http://www.gis.harvard.edu
Course Activities: Assigned readings must be read in advance of class. Students will help summarize and lead discussions on several papers; complete a term project.
Course Note: Ordinal Grading only. Enrollment limited to 18 students.
Course Evaluations
GHP535 Applied Demography Analysis
Spring 1
Dr. A. Hill
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case discussion, lab sessions.
One 2-hour session each week. Two 2-hour lab each week.
Course description:
GHP 535 is a second level class which builds on the material covered in the GHP 272 Foundations of Global Population and Health, GHP 220 Introduction to Demographic methods, GHP 506 Measuring population health and GHP 507 Population health risk factors. It has been designed for those seeking more advanced training in demographic methods and analysis and is particularly recommended for doctoral students in the Population and Reproductive Health Concentration. Students are introduced to the commonly used methods through review of the literature in interactive lectures, assigned readings (3-4 per session), case studies and web-based sources. The most important part of the course is the application of a variety of analytic methods to cases chosen mostly from Africa and the Middle East. The section of data sources provides a guide to the use of complex data sets including those provided by DHS-MACRO as well as other public domain surveys (e.g. UNICEF's MICS surveys). Together, these provide a graduate-level introduction to the concepts and application of standard as well as newer methods of demographic analysis, especially in populations where the data are incomplete or inaccurate. The emphasis throughout is on understanding the key relationships, models and assumptions used primarily for the analysis of levels, trends and differentials in fertility, mortality and migration in developing countries. Practical training will be provided through sessions in the MicroLab. There are class exercises which will be completed as short homework assignments. There will be a final paper that brings together the analyses completed throughout the course. Full details of the homework assignments, MicroLab exercises and final paper will be provided in separate notes distributed in class.
Prerequisites:
GHP 272 Foundations of global population and health (Bloom)
GHP 220 Introduction to demographic methods (Castro)
Course Note: Computer use of at least one software package such as SAS/STATA/SPSS. Facility with EXCEL spread sheets and graph production assumed.
Course Evaluations
GHP537 Public Health Field Research in Complex Emergencies & Conflict
Spring 1
Dr. M VanRooyen, Dr. P. Greenough
1.25 credits
Lectures, Case Studies: One two-hour session each week.
This course focuses on adapting epidemiological research methods to complex settings such as disasters and armed conflict. The course begins with a discussion of the complexities of the humanitarian environment, and then works through a series of case studies to teach students the approach to population sampling and field research methods.
Course Evaluations
GHP539 Social, Political & Econ Dimensions of Infect Dis in Dev Cntries
Fall 1
Dr. R. Cash, Dr. J. Weisfeld
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The course reviews the epidemiology of infectious disease of greatest public health importance in developing countries in terms of distribution in time, place, and person. Context is emphasized in describing each of the conditions. Effects of social, economic, and cultural dimensions of these conditions will discussed as well as a framework for conducting these analyses. Case studies of different diseases from different countries are used throughout the course.
Course Evaluations
GHP540 Field Trip to Urban and Rural Bangladesh
WinterSession
Winter Session
Dr. O.M. Rahman, Dr. R. Cash
1.25 credits
Jan. 4 - Jan. 22, 2010
This mid-winter course to be held in Bangladesh will be coordinated by BRAC School of Public Health (BSPH). It will take advantage of the excellent opportunities available to study public health issues at BSPH and International Centre for Diarrheal Disease Research, Bangladesh (ICDDR,B), and international research with an excellent record of research going back 40 years. Prior to students leaving for Bangladesh, three seminars will be held at the HSPH in Fall 2 to introduce students to the health situation in Bangladesh. This will include demography, the success of different programs, research activities, and future challenges.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 15; pass/fail grading option only; selected participants must attend the three seminars in Fall 2. Applications must be completed by October 8, 2009 and participants will be chosen by October 19, 2009.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP541 Health System Reforms in China: Seminar and Field Study
WinterSession
Winter session
Dr. Yuanli Liu
2.5 credits
Readings, lectures, group discussions, guest speakers, field trips. January 4 - 22, 2010 with preparatory seminars in December 2009.
Ever since publication of the 2000 World Health Development Report, there has been an increasing global interest in the critical role played by health systems in improving efficiency, equity, and quality of health care, and in achieving the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). How health systems cope with the significant economic downturn is an important challenge facing many countries.
This course introduces students to the basic methods for conducting health system analysis, sensitizes the participants on the global debate on health system reforms, and help the students gain some hands-on experiences by interacting with the major stake-holders in China. China represents an interesting country for conducting the field study on health system reforms, not only because it is the world's largest country and has a wide spectrum of health and health system issues, but also because China is at a critical stage of implementing new rounds of reforms.
Students will be divided into theme groups. At the end of the trip, each group will submit a research paper (about 20 pages), analyzing a particular issue facing China's health system and proposing solutions. Each group will present and discuss the results of their diagnosis at one of the last days of the course in China, commented by invited policy experts and policy makers. Applications must be completed by Thursday October 8, 2009 and participants will be notified by October 19, 2009.
The program will require a minimum of eight students, with a maximum enrollment of fifteen.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 15 students; pass/fail grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
GHP542 Field Trip to Brazil
WinterSession
Dr. M. Wilson
WinterSession
1.25 credits
January 4 - 20, 2010.
Lecture, Seminar, Case Study, Group Projects. Visits to labs, institutions, and field sites in urban and rural areas in the state of Bahia.
Brazil is the 6th largest country by area and has the largest population in Latin America. Although Brazil is the 8th largest economy globally, it has one of the highest levels of income inequality, which has a significant impact in public health. Infectious diseases remain an important cause of morbidity and mortality in Brazil. In this field trip to Brazil, students will learn about several infectious diseases that are endemic in Brazil and the biological, environmental and socioeconomic factors associated with their persistence and distribution.
Approximately 15 Brazilian students will also participate in the course. Professors from Harvard and faculty from Fiocruz and other Brazilian institutions will lecture and lead discussions. Lectures will be in English.
The David Rockefeller Center for Latin American Studies at Harvard University, which has an office in Săo Paulo, will facilitate work with Brazilian colleagues and institutions and assist with logistical arrangements. Lectures and discussions during the first week will focus on selected infectious diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, dengue, leptospirosis, schistosomiasis, and leishmaniasis, as well as social determinants of health and health policy in Brazil, and data sources and analysis. Students will also meet with researchers, public health workers and visit health care facilities and a favela in Salvador. During the second week students will work in small teams to develop proposals. The group projects will require a broad approach that takes into account the biological, geoclimatic, social, economic, cultural, political, and demographic factors associated with the disease. Each team will develop a research proposal that will address questions that need to be answered to prevent or reduce the morbidity or mortality from that disease. At the end opf the course students will present and discuss the results of their project with the entire class. Throughout this course the student will have an opportunity to interact with faculty from Harvard as well as faculty, public health workers, researchers, and students from Brazil.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 15; pass/fail grading option only. Applications must be completed by Thursday, October 8, and participants will be chosen by October 19.
Course Evaluations
GHP543 Field Study on Public Health and Peace Building
WinterSession
Dr. C. Bruderlein
External instructor: Suneeta Kaimal
Winter Session Field Study : Indonesia
2.5 credits
Jan. 4 - Jan. 22, 2010
The aim of this interdisciplinary field study is to assess strategies for improving our response to major humanitarian challenges in conflict situations. The course will examine public sector planning in the fields of conflict management, public health and peacebuilding. In discussing options for operationalizing international humanitarian response to such conflicts, we will consider the potential synergies between public health, development, human rigths, and other relevant issues of concern. The potential impact of this event will be considered in terms of its epidemiological profile, local and regional response mechanisms, national and international security response, and international cooperation and governance.
The field study will begin with one week of preparatory class sessions at HSPH, followed by a two-week in-country visit including interviews of practitioners, site visits and group analysis. Students will be accompanied by course instructors. The course will require a minimum of nine students, with a maximum enrollment of 15. Enrolment to Fall Semester Course on Legal and Policy Challenges to Humanitarian Action is recommended.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 15; pass/fail grading only. Applications must be completed by October 8 and participants will be notified by October 19.
Course Evaluations
GHP545 Clinical Research in Resource-Limited Settings: Tanzania
WinterSession
S. Kapiga
1. 25 credits
Lectures, class discussions, field trip
January 4 - 15, 2010: Field trip, lectures and class discussions in Tanzania
This 2-week course will introduce students to practical aspects of implementing clinical research and trials in Tanzania. Students will attend two introductory lectures during the first day in Tanzania on clinical research examining the associations between HIV, HSV-2 and other sexually transmitted infections. The lectures will include theoretical presentations by the instructor, and class discussions. The students will also receive information about the research site in Moshi, northern Tanzania, and detailed information about studies which have been conducted in Moshi in the past 5-6 years as well as ongoing research projects. During the rest of the period in Moshi, students will meet with project staff involved in the implementation of ongoing studies to learn about the practical aspects of conducting studies. Students may decide to focus on only certain aspects of the study or may rotate through various sections to gain a broad picture of implementation issues. At the end of the student's stay, they will meet in a group to present and share their experiences, and produce a written joint summary report.
Course Activities: Two weeks of field trip to Tanzania, (January 4-15, 2010). Applications must be completed by October 9, and participants will be chosen by October 20, 2009.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only.
Course Evaluations
GHP569 International Health and Education
Fall
Dr. M. Jukes
5.0 Credits
Lectures, Seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
Course not offered 2009-2010.
Taught at the Harvard Graduate School of Education. Classroom: Gutman 440.
Why is health important to the educator? This course looks at how poor health and nutrition is a problem for the education sector because it keeps children out of school or prevents them from learning when they do attend. It also explores policy options for schools to be part of the solution, by providing simple, cost-effective treatments that give the greatest benefits to the poorest students, and by providing the educational foundation for a healthy life. The course also looks at how the education sector can respond to the HIV/AIDS pandemics: How can schools provide for the needs of orphans and vulnerable children? Does sex education work? Theories of education for health and for community empowerment are examined along with the political and religious context for action. The aim of the course is to provide a thorough and critical foundation in theory and its application to planning, implementation, and monitoring programs to improve children's education through improved health.
Course Evaluations
GHP570 Population Change: Cause and Consequence
Spring
Dr. K. Hill
5.0 Credits
Lecutres, Seminars. Two 1.5-hour session each week.
Cross-listed and taught at the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. Classroom: Taubman 401.
The aim of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the factors that shape the size and structure of human populations and of how changes in population size and structure in turn influence a range of social and economic factors. The course will start with an introduction to the population history of the world, and an analysis of how the basic demographic forces of fertility, mortality and migration influence the size and age-sex structure of a population. The focus will then turn to the cultural, social and economic determinants of these three forces of fertility, mortality and migration, with a particular emphasis on the potential role of policies. The last part of the course will examine the consequences of changes in the size and structure of populations for a range of outcomes. Case studies will illustrate the interplay of causes and consequences. The course does not require any particular disciplinary background, though it will include a brief introduction to demographic measures and will assume a general interest in quantitative analysis.
Course Note: Ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
HCM701 Organizational Behavior
Summer 1
Dr. D. Javitch
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Fifteen sessions, field project. Summer 1.
This course focuses on the challenges of managing complex health care systems. We will explore the leadership and motivational skills relevant to performing as an effective leader, and discuss the different roles associated with managing the individual, the unit, the organization, and the larger system.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM702 Marketing
Special
Ms. L MacCracken
2.5 Credits
Lectures, case studies. Academic Year 1.
This course is designed to introduce students to marketing applications for healthcare organizations. Using selected readings and case studies of healthcare and non healthcare marketing topics, students will learn to assess customer acquisition and retention strategies and tactics. The course develops a basic knowledge of marketing frameworks, including market intelligence, value propositions, product/service, price, location and promotion elements. Healthcare marketing topics include applications to customer channels, branding, and innovation. The class work includes cases, course discussion and a group project.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM703 Perspectives in Public Health
Summer 1
Dr. M. Roberts
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Fifteen sessions. Summer 1.
This course will use case studies focusing on important public health issues - such as smoking, gun violence and HIV prevention and treatment, to give students a sense of the complex environmental, social, and behavioral causes affecting the health of populations. It also explores a variety of analytical perspectives; political, legal, economic and epidemiological. Students will submit a short discussion memo and a longer paper analyzing a public health issue of their choice from various points of view.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM704 Managing Information in Health Care
Summer 2
Dr. D. Michaels (P), Dr. N. Kane (S)
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Fifteen sessions. Summer 2.
This course will expose students to the concepts and knowledge involved in making strategic use of information technology (IT) in health care organizations. It will clarify how to establish IT linkages to business, planning, and governance. In addition it will introduce students to technology management through the analysis of the lifecycle of IT, systems integration, operational improvement through technology, and standards. The course focuses on key health care implications and the impact of IT upon quality, cost, and operations.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM706 Physician Leadership Seminar
Special
Mr. J. Conway
2.5 Credits
Lectures, case studies. Academic Year 2.
This course focuses on the leadership and managerial skills that are most practical and relevant to physician leaders. Cases, articles, discussions, and guest speakers provide participants with insight into the roles, challenges, and success requirements of executives and clinical leaders. A framework for leadership is introduced and successive sessions take selected elements of the framework for further study. Sessions include; leadership theory and current challenges professionally and personally; business and operational planning grounded in ethical practical; governance and health care leadership in light of contemporary challenges and opportunities; communication, teamwork and integrative leadership; project and process management oriented to impact and results; the dramatically changing work force and realizing the potential of diversity; and human resources, developing others, and personal development.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM707 Health Care Management Practicum
Special
Dr. D. Soodalter-Toman
5.0 credits
Seminars. Off-site field practicum. Academic Year 2
The Practicum provides students with an opportunity to directly apply the knowledge and skills gained throughout the MHCM program and this course, along with their experience and expertise, by completing a field project in a healthcare organization. The project will involve the development and implementation of a major change initiative or new service line.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM709 Communication Skills for Managers
Special
Mr. M. Campbell
1.25 credits
Seminars. Academic year 1
Health care executives are increasingly called upon to communicate with a wide range of internal and external groups. This course will focus on the competencies necessary to deliver successfully presentations in a variety of situations that involve subordinates, superiors, with the board, peers, and external constituencies like the media. Students will learn to analyze challenging communication situations, prepare for contingencies, think on their feet, answer difficult questions and develop poise and confidence under pressure. The principles and techniques of this course will be applied to mini-projects that the students will deliver off-site. Students will be responsible for reporting an analysis of these projects for review by the course instructor.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM719 Financial Transactions and Analysis
Special
Dr. H. Rivenson
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Academic Year 1.
This intensive course introduces concepts of financial accounting to the non-accountant user of financial information. Basic accounting transactions, statement preparation and concepts of accrual versus cash accounting are presented in the first half of the course. The remainder of the course focuses on financial analysis of a variety of health care organizations.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Similar to HPM219 - adapted for the non-residential program. Completion of Anthony's Essentials of Accounting before class begins required. Working ability with spreadsheets also required. Ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM720 Cost Accounting and Control Systems
Special
Mr. R. Siegrist
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Academic Year 1.
This course is designed to introduce students to cost accounting and management control concepts and uses for health service organizations. The first part of the course develops a basic knowledge of cost accounting, including full and differential costing techniques. The remainder of the course focuses on management control structure and process and addresses topics such as responsibility accounting, budgeting, reporting and variance analysis.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Similar to HPM 220 - adapted for the non-residential program. Ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM722 Financial Management of Health Care Organizations
Summer 2
Dr. H. Rivenson, Ms. D. Puhy
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Topics include financial management of working capital and investment decision models, long term capital structure and mergers and acquisitions of health care organizations. Materials will primarily involve cases about a range of health care organizations (hospitals, insurers/ managed care plans, neighborhood health centers, physician groups, home health agencies, etc.).
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management required; ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM731 Competitive Strategy Determination
Special
Dr. N. Kane
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Academic Year 2.
This course focuses on the conceptual framework needed to plan for the long-term viability of health care organizations. Using selected readings and case studies of both health care and non-health care organizations, students will learn to appreciate the concepts of competitive strategy and competitive advantage primarily through practice in analysis. The objective is to provide students with the conceptual tools and the practical skills to enable them to formulate, execute, and evaluate organizational strategy.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM732 Operations Management in Service Delivery Organizations
Summer 1
Dr. J. Pliskin
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Fifteen sessions, field project. Summer 1.
Operations management is concerned with evaluating the performance of operating units, understanding why they perform as they do, designing new or improved operating procedures and systems for competitive advantage, making short-run and long-run decisions that affect operations, and managing the work force. To understand the role of operations in any organization, a manager must understand process analysis, capacity analysis, types of processes, productivity analysis, development and use of quality standards, and the role of operating strategy in corporate strategy. The course will also present the focused management approach which can help an organization achieve much more with existing resources.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Similar to HPM 232 - adapted for the non-residential program. Ordinal grading option only. (10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM755 Provider Payment Systems and Policy
Special
Dr. K. Quigley
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Academic year 2.
The admonition "Follow the money" is good advice to anyone seeking a deeper understanding of any health care system. Money is a major tool for shaping the delivery of health care, for both good and ill. This course will follow the money as it flows through provider payment systems, and examine the options for managing those flows to encourage more cost-effective use of resources. Topic will include payment methods for hospital care, physicians, pharmaceuticals, and new technologies. The second half of the course will address the issue of health policy and regulation - the legal framework in the US, how policy is developed and applied to health care issues, and how individuals and groups can influence the policy process.
Materials will involve cases about a range of health care organizations (hospitals, insurers/managed care plans, physician groups) supplemented by background readings. Guest speakers will provide a first-hand perspective and particular expertise on selected topics.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HCM757 Quality Improvement & Quantitative Methods in Quality Management
Summer 2
Dr. M. Bloomberg , Dr. M. Pagano
5.0 Credits
Lectures, case studies; Summer Session 2 & Academic Year 2;
This course in quality improvement and quantitative tools is designed for the physician executive or manager whose responsibilities include either oversight or direct involvement in quality management and improvement in a health delivery or health financing organization. Using selected readings case studies, lecture presentations and extensive classroom discussions, students will learn both the conceptual and practical aspects of improving health care quality.
Course Note: Enrollment in part-time non-residential Masters in HCM required; ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
HCM758 Field Project in Quality Improvement
Special
Dr. J. Silobrcic, Dr. N. Kane
2.5 Credits
Lectures, facilitated work/discussion sessions. Academic Year 2.
This course will provide physician executives with practically-oriented insights into quality improvement in healthcare organizations, based on the study of lessons from students' own quality-related "field projects" performed during the 2nd academic year of the MHCM program. At the end of this course, students will understand their own roles in quality improvement and management, and be able to lead their organizations' efforts in those areas, using a methodical approach and process: from conception, design and initial planning, to implementation, measurement, analysis and redesign. The course objective is not to make students expert in each of these components of the QI process, but to enable them to provide effective leadership to organizations, teams and colleagues carrying out these activities.
Course Note: Enrollment in part-time non-residential Masters in HCM required; ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
HCM778 Skills & Methods of Hlth Care Negotiation & Conflict Resolution
Fall
Dr. L. Marcus, Dr. B. Dorn
1.25 credits
Lectures, case studies.
This course introduces students to the theory and practice of negotiation and conflict resolution. Particular emphasis is placed on integrating analytic skills, negotiation techniques and conflict resolution methods into the practice of health care management. Much of the class is devoted to simulation exercise in which general concepts and methods are demonstrated and practiced. These exercises model disputes typical of health care settings and health care management problems. The debriefings that follow each exercise offer individual feedback, as well as the opportunity to examine applied issues of organizational communication, system design and conflict. By the end of the course, students will have knowledge of the overt and covert causes of conflict, concepts for analyzing disputes and a variety of methods useful for preventing, resolving and when necessary, initiating a conflict.
Course Note: Enrollment in the part-time, non-residential Masters in Health Care Management program required. Similar to HPM 278 - but more extensive than traditional course. Ordinal grading option only. (7.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM205 Economic Analysis for Public Health
Fall
Dr. M. Roberts
5 credits
Course not offered 2009-2010
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Provides an introduction to the basic principles of economics and economic analysis, particularly as they apply in the public health field. A systematic introduction to microeconomic theory including the determinants of supply and demand, the theory of markets, and the concept of economic efficiency. Specific topics in health care economics include the demand for health care, insurance, and the market for physician services.
Course Note: May not be taken for credit by students who previously have taken HPM206. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM206 Economic Analysis
Fall
Dr. D. Hemenway
5 credits
Lectures. Three 2-hour sessions each week.
Designed to bring students to an intermediate-level understanding of microeconomic theory. Emphasizes the uses and limitations of the economic approach, with applications to public health. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM208 Health Care Regulation and Planning
Spring
Dr. K. Swartz
5 credits
Not offered 2008-2009
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Examines issues under discussion for U.S. health care reform: health insurance, financing, methods for controlling health care costs, incentives for hospitals and physicians, medicare long-term care and the pharmaceutical industry. Competitive versus regulatory approaches are explored, as part of analyzing the role of government and the private sector. The distributional consequences of various programs and methods receive special focus. Five homework memos of 2 pages will be required in addition to a midterm and final exam.
Course Note: HPM205, HPM206 or signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM209 Economics for Health Policy
Summer 2
Dr. M. Rosenthal
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Students will learn how to analyze important health policy issues through the application of basic economic principles. No previous economics training is required. The course will begin with an introduction to the U.S. health care "system" because we will be using examples drawn almost exclusively from the American context. The concepts we will be learning, however, are widely generalizable and students whose interests and experiences extend beyond the U.S. are welcomed. Among the topics we will discuss are health insurance coverage, benefit design, physician payment incentives, public reporting of quality information, and the pharmaceutical industry.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM212 Program Evaluation in Health Policy
Fall
Instructor to be announced
5 credits
Course not offered 2007-2008
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Course provides a one-semester overview of evaluation for those likely to participate in the design or implementation of evaluations in private organizations or government agencies. Topics include establishing the scope for an evaluation, evaluation design, data and measurement issues, issues in inference (appropriate controls, changing program design and unique local circumstances), and problems of assuring the accuracy, relevance and credibility of findings. Both quantitative and qualitative methods are addressed. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM213 Public Health Law
Spring 1
Dr. M. Mello
2.5 credits
Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course examines the many ways in which the law impacts the public health. Among the questions explored are: What authority does the government have to regulate in the interest of public health? How are individual rights balanced against this authority? What are the promises and pitfalls of using laws and litigation to achieve public health goals? The course investigates these issues as they operate a range of specific contexts in public health and medical care, including the control and prevention of HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases, tobacco regulation, rights to have and refuse medical care, reproductive health, and lawsuits against tobacco and gun companies. The course emphasizes constitutional law, but also touches on criminal law, tort law and intellectual property law. Instruction is through interactive lectures with a significant amount of class discussion. Most classes will revolve around two to three legal cases. The previous year's syllabus is available on the course website.
Course Note: No previous background in law is needed.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM219 Financial Transactions and Analysis
Fall 1
Dr. H. Rivenson
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Three 2-hour sessions each week.
This intensive course introduces concepts of financial accounting for the non-accountant user of financial information. Basic accounting transactions, statement preparation, concepts of accrual vs. cash accounting, and nonprofit healthcare accounting are presented in the first half of the course. The second half focuses on statement analysis in a variety of health care organizations.
Course Note: Course restricted to students enrolled in MPH/CMP and MS2/HPM programs. Other students allowed with signature of course instructor if space permits; Completion of Robert Anthony's Essentials of Accounting before class begins required. Working ability with spreadsheets is also required; no auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM220 Financial Management and Control
Fall 2
Dr. P. Campbell
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Three 2-hour sessions each week.
The course is designed to introduce students to cost accounting and management control concepts and uses for health service organizations. The first part of the course develops a basic knowledge of cost accounting, including full and differential costing techniques. The remainder of the course focuses on management control structure and process and addresses topics such as responsibility accounting, budgeting, reporting and variance analysis.
Course Note: HPM 219 is recommended but not required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM222 Financial Management of Health Care Organizations
Spring 2
Dr. H. Rivenson, Ms. D. Puhy
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Topics include financial management of working capital and investment decision models, long term capital structure and mergers and acquisitions of health care organizations. Materials will primarily involve cases about health care organizations.
Course Note: This course will be taught at an introductory/intermediate-level and is designed to be complementary to HPM 219 and HPM 220. HPM 219 and HPM 220 required. No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM223 Public Speaking for Managers
Fall 2
Mr. M. Campbell
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course gives the student the opportunity to develop skills in oral communication. Emphasis is placed on the techniques most useful to managers. Students will give and critique their own presentations in a supportive classroom environment.
Course Note: Pass/Fail option only; enrollment limited to15 students. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM223 Public Speaking for Managers
Spring 2
Mr. M. Campbell
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course gives the student the opportunity to develop skills in oral communication. Emphasis is placed on the techniques most useful to managers. Students will give and critique their own presentations in a supportive classroom environment.
Course Note: Pass/Fail option only; enrollment limited to15 students. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM227 The Economics of Health Policy
Spring
Cross-listed at KSG as HCP-272
Dr. J. Newhouse
5 credits
Seminars. Two 1.5 hour sessions each week.
Taught at the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. Classroom: Littauer 280.
Policy issues related to the following topics are considered in the course: demand for medical care services, especially as a function of insurance; demand for insurance and issues of selection; reimbursement policies of Medicare toward both hospitals and physicians; effects of health maintenance organizations and their reimbursement by Medicare; quality of care and malpractice. The perspective will generally be that of American federal policy, although state and local perspectives will receive some attention. International students are welcome.
Course Note: HPM205, HPM206 or equivalent or signature of instructor required; ordinal grading option only; cross-listed course, HSPH students must register for HSPH course.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM228 Intro to the New American Health Care System: Law,Policy,Mngmnt
Fall 2
Mr. G. Moseley
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is a comprehensive introduction to the full scope of the current health care system in the U.S. Because the system is rapidly evolving, the course is new every year. It is ideal for students who are early in their health care careers or who want a refresher on the changes that have occurred recently. International students and mid-career physicians have found great value in the course.
After tracing the Historical Development of health care in the U.S., we look at the Societal Beliefs and Values that underlie the system. There is a good review of the Key Players and Stakeholders in the system, and how they interact with each other. Individual classes are devoted to Hospitals and the Health Professions. The Managed Care Industry and its practices are also put under a microscope.
For the most expensive health care system in the world, it is important to learn How It is Financed and what is being done to Control Its Soaring Costs. We also will examine the Quality of Care provided by the system and who has Access to it. There is a strong emphasis on the Health Policies that govern the system and the Processes by which those policies are made.
Throughout the course, we will notice the many Legal Issues that are shaping the system, particularly in the areas of Antitrust, Fraud and Abuse, and Taxation. We will spend one session comparing the U.S. system to the way health care is financed and delivered in Other Industrialized Countries. Three classes will address special challenges facing the health care system - last year they were Consumer-Driven Health Care, Medical Technology, and Elder/Long-Term Care.
The learning style in this course involves a lot of dialogue among students and instructor, case studies, guest speakers, and classroom exercises. There are two very short written assignments and a structured final paper requirement.
Course Note: Auditors are not permitted.
Course Evaluations
HPM230 Managing People in Health Care Organizations
Spring 2
Mr. G. Moseley
2.5 credits
Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Health care is a labor-intensive industry; human resource costs account for over 70% of the U.S. health care budget. At some point in their careers, most HSPH graduates will be responsible for directing the work activities of other people. In this course, they will learn basic strategies and tactics for achieving maximum productivity and contentment from employees in health care settings.
The course will examine all the critical managerial challenges along the employment continuum, from Recruitment and Hiring through Performance Appraisal to Layoff or Firing. We will learn about the human desires that Motivate Behavior and how to take advantage of them in the workplace. The skills and traits associated with Effective Leadership will be studied. These include the important talents of Delegating to Subordinates and Handling Employee Problems.
In the most exciting part of this course, students will become familiar with state-of-the-art managerial concepts like Organizational Culture, Managing Change, and Learning Organizations. We will spend time learning how teams form and function in a health care setting, especially when composed of multiple disciplines. Including other topics receiving special attention are: Facilitating Communication, Resolving Conflict, Working with Labor Unions, and Using Power in the Workplace.
One class will be devoted to the role of Compensation in managing people, particularly the current hot topic of Pay-for-Performance. During another session, we will explore the twin issues of Managing Physicians and Physicians as Managers. The aspects of Sexual Harassment and Substance Abuse unique to health care organizations are the focus of another class. Throughout the course, reference is made to the Legal Implications of employment decisions by managers.
The learning style in this course involves a lot of dialogue among students and instructor, case studies, and role plays. During the course, students keep a journal of their developing thoughts on people management and conduct a field interview with a practicing people manager.
Course note: No Auditors
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM231 Competitive Strategy
Spring 1
Dr. N. Kane, Mr. J. Clark
2.5 credits
Case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Focuses on the conceptual framework needed to plan for the long-term viability of health care (and other) organizations. Using selected readings and case studies of health care organizations, students will learn to appreciate key strategic concepts such as environmental analyses, strategic planning, and balanced scorecards, primarily through practice in analysis. The objective is to provide students with the conceptual tools and the practical skills to enable them to formulate, evaluate, and implement organizational strategy.
Course Note: No auditors. (5.03)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM232 Operations Management in Service Delivery Organizations
Spring 1
Dr. E. Litvak
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Operations management is concerned with evaluating the performance of operating units, understanding why they perform as they do, designing new or improved operating procedures and systems for competitive advantage, making short-run and long-run decisions that affect operations, and managing the work force. To understand the role of operations in any organization, a manager must understand: process analysis, capacity analysis, types of processes, productivity analysis, and the role of operating strategy in corporate strategy. Case studies will be used to introduce students to a wide range of practical operational issues in healthcare delivery. Students will also be introduced to a new
variability based methodology and to the quantitative techniques to reduce cost while maintaining or even improving quality of care. Problem oriented software will be used for some of these scenarios. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM233 Strategic Marketing Management in Health Systems
Spring
Dr. J. Porter, Dr. V. Amalfitano
2.5 credits
Seminars, case studies, lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
Examines marketing within a strategic framework across the public and private sectors, domestic and international health systems, and social marketing contexts. Marketing management, research, and strategy techniques are discussed and applied to program design, business planning, and implementation issues. Course emphasizes analytic skills development in marketing.
Course Note: Ordinal Grading Option Only
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM235 Managing Health Care Costs
Fall 2
Dr. J Levin-Scherz
2.5 Credits
Lectures, Seminars, Case Studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Health care inflation in the United States--and in many other countries--has consistently exceeded overall inflation since the mid 1990s, and employers, government, and individuals are increasingly reluctant to pay increasing amounts for health care coverage. Employer-based health care coverage has diminished, and escalating health care costs threaten other important programs of local and state governments. For example, estimates suggest that the Medicare Trust Fund will be depleted long before the Social Security Trust Fund, suggesting that Medicare will require substantial cuts or additional governmental subsidies. Health care affordability is a major subject in the national political debate.
This course will use lectures, case studies and a simulation to examine the major factors that determine the cost of health care in the United States, and the impact of these forces on system stakeholders. We will review the fundamentals of managed care, with a focus on some of the practical challenges and major public policy issues that arose with the growth and decline of managed care. We will review the advantages, disadvantages and feasibility of different approaches to moderating rising costs, including benefit design, medical management, utilization review, provider profiling and reporting, and regulatory action. We will also review efforts to improve health care affordability in other countries. Students will be encouraged to develop their own critical assessment of the prospects of using these techniques to control health care spending and to improve access and quality of care. A number of guest speakers will provide a first-hand perspective on some topics.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM243 Health Economics: Economic Analysis of the Health Care System
Spring 1
Dr. W. Hsiao
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Introduces health economics, using economic analysis to examine major health systems of advanced nations and comparing them. Topics include: structure of national health systems, market competition, market and government failures, control of health cost inflation and managed competition.
Course Note: HPM 205 or HPM 206 or signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM245 Public Health Leadership Skills
WinterSession
Dr. L. Marcus, Dr. B. Dorn
2.5 credits
Lectures, laboratories. Five 7-hour sessions.
It is not uncommon for HSPH graduates to find themselves in significant public health leadership positions. For students who foresee such responsibility on their career path, this course provides a focus and framework to integrate the overall HSPH experience into a leadership trajectory. Though the course is primarily practice oriented, it will cover key aspects of leadership theory and concepts. With a focus on the pragmatic problems and challenges of assuming a prominent role in the public health system, the course also incorporates the theme of assuming a prominent role in the public health system, as in "what I wish I knew before I became a state public health commissioner." The class includes a combination of lecture, discussion, role play exercises and on-the-spot presentations and critiques by instructors and students.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 30 students. Acceptance into the course is based upon submission to the instructors of a brief essay entitled "Why Leadership Course is Imporant to Me". Please email Kim Kaminsky for details: kkaminsk@hsph.harvard.edu. Instructor's permission required. No auditors. Similar to HPM 278 - but more extensive than traditional course. Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM246 Seminar in Health Policy
Fall/Spring
Cross-listed at KSG as HCP-597 and HCP-598 and at FAS as HP-2000
Dr. J. Newhouse, Dr. R. Frank
10 credits, given at end of last semester
Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Taught at the Harvard Kennedy School of Government. Classroom: Taubman 301.
This course is restricted to doctoral students. Topics covered will include the financing and organization of health care, medical manpower, medical malpractice, technology assessment, prevention, mental health, long-term care, and quality of care.
Course Note: Requirement for doctoral students in the HPM department; signature of instructor required for those who are not doctoral candidates in the HPM department; the course meets at the John F. Kennedy School of Government. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM253 Improving Quality in Health Care
Summer 2
M. Bisognano
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Fifteen 2-hour sessions.
This course is designed for practicing physicians and those with an interest in health care management. It will explore both the theory and practical methods being employed to make improvement in health systems. Clinical cases, organizational lessons and interactive learning modules will guide the learners to an understanding of the necessary elements for improvement and how to identify and eliminate barriers to change.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM255 Payment Systems in Healthcare
Spring 2
Ms. D. Devaux
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars and case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The admonition "Follow the money" is good advice to anyone seeking a deeper understanding of any health care system. Money is a major tool for shaping the delivery of health care, for both good and ill. This course will follow the money as it flows through provider payment systems, and examine the effects of these flows on those who give, receive and pay for health care. Topics will include payment methods for hospital care, physician, pharmaceuticals, dental services, and new technologies. Cross-national examples will be used occasionally to gain greater understanding of some of the challenges that face all health care systems in designing successful provider payment systems. Guest speakers will provide a first-hand perspective on selected topics.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM275 Health Policy Issues: Access to Dental Services
Fall 2
Dr. C. Douglass
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Taught at the Harvard School of Dental Medicine. Classroom: RB202.
This course uses examples and issues such as access to dental care as a strategy for understanding health policy and public health program development and management at the local, state, and national levels. The objectives are: to understand the market for health services and the process of health policy development; to apply the health policy process and community health program planning methods to dental services program development; and to identify possible linkages between the public health system and the (dental) health services delivery system.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM276 Methods and Application in Health Services Research
Summer 1
Dr. A. Epstein, Dr. J. Weissman
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Five 1.75-hour sessions each week.
Methods and Applications in Health Services Research introduces student to the interdisciplinary field of health services research. The course covers theory, methodology, and applications using a highly interactive teaching approach. Individual sessions will be devoted to research design, analyses of large databases, cost-effectiveness analyses, survey methodology, assessment of health status, assessment of quality, measurement of racial, ethnic, and socioeconomic disparities, appropriateness of care, risk adjustment, and statistical techniques pertinent to health services research. There will be one or more sessions reviewing managerial applications such as case management, use of hospital information systems, and targeting for high-risk patients.
The course will also include class sessions and exercises devoted to critique of journal articles. These will supplement didactic presentations and will target development of skills in performing research and writing papers. In the final part of the course, students will work in small groups to critique a "grant proposal" designed to study an important problem in health services or health policy research. Each group of students will write up their critique in a format typical for a federal study section. This effort is designed to educate students on important aspects of grant writing.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM277 Current Issues in Health Policy
Summer 1
Dr. A. Epstein, Dr. T. Komaroff
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Five 1.75-hour sessions each week.
Current Issues in Health Policy introduces students to the major health policy issues facing the United States today. The course focuses on the roles of hospitals, doctors, private and government insurance, and different systems for organizing and financing care (such as traditional fee-for-services, HMOs, and other forms of "managed care"). Individual sessions in the course will be devoted to topics such as malpractice, policy issues related to pharmacologic therapy, physician payment, academic health centers, workforce, physician profiling, managed care, the uninsured, Medicare, and Medicaid.
Taken together, the course sessions are designed to provide both a general background of the health care system and knowledge of many of the cutting-edge issues that are on the forefront of the nation's health policy agenda. The course will provide insight into how and why particular health policies are developed. It will focus on what the major policy questions are, and present examples of health services research methodology. However, the course concentrates much more on policy questions than methodological techniques.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM278 Skills & Methods of Hlth Care Negotiation & Conflict Resolution
Spring 2
Dr. L. Marcus, Dr. B. Dorn
1.25 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course introduces students to the theory and practice of negotiation and conflict resolution. Particular emphasis is placed on integrating analytic skills, negotiation techniques and conflict resolution methods into the practice of public health. The course is built around the concepts and methods of “The Walk in the Woods” – a four step method of interest-based negotiation model developed by the instructors. Much of the class is devoted to simulation exercise in which general concepts and methods are demonstrated and practiced. These exercises model disputes typical of health care settings and public health problems. The debriefing which follows each exercise offers individual feedback, as well as the opportunity to examine applied issues of organizational communication, system design, and conflict. By the end of the course, students will have knowledge of the overt and covert causes of conflict, concepts for analyzing disputes and a variety of methods useful for preventing, resolving and when necessary, initiating a conflict.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 48 students. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM283 Advanced Skills and Methods of Health Care Negotiation
Spring 2
Dr. L. Marcus, Dr. B. Dorn
1.25 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies
One 2-hour session each week
This course builds upon the basic Skills and Methods course, providing students the opportunity to more deeply explore the concepts and techniques of negotiation and conflict resolution. (Students enrolled in this course must be enrolled simultaneously in the basic course, which meets on the same day and in the two hour time slot just prior to this course session.) For example, on topics of negotiation, students in the advanced class will examine methods to create common ground and agreement on highly polarized issues upon which parties are contentiously divided. This advanced class will also more thoroughly develop practice skills, including strategies and techniques of mediation. This additional material is covered by a combination of lecture, in class discussion, and advanced simulation and role play exercises. Enrollment limited to 24. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM290a Applied Research and Practice in Health Policy and Management
Fall 1
Ms. N. Turnbull, M. McCormack
Four 2.5 credit sections (Fall 1, Fall 2, Spring 1, Spring 2).
All second-year students in the HPM MS2 program will be required to register for the HPM290 (Fall 1) section and for two of the other three sections.
Student will receive a grade for each section given at end of each semester.
Field work and 1-2 two-hour session each month. Fieldwork takes place for 8-10 hours each week.
Allows students to apply their coursework to concrete problems. Students carry out a research project, perform a policy analysis or conduct a management study on behalf of an individual or institutional sponsor. Students work with sponsors to develop individual projects. Students meet 1 or 2 times per monthl to discuss progress and hear guest speakers to strengthen practical career skills. At the conclusion of the course, students prepare oral and written reports summarizing their project results.
Course Note: Open only to students in the second year of the two-year Master of Science in Health Policy and Management; ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM290b Applied Research and Practice in Health Policy and Management
Fall 2
Ms. N. Turnbull, M. McCormack
Four 2.5 credit sections (Fall 1, Fall 2, Spring 1, Spring 2).
All second-year students in the HPM MS2 program will be required to register for the HPM290 (Fall 1) section and for two of the other three sections.
Student will receive a grade for each section given at end of each semester.
Field work and 1-2 two-hour session each month. Fieldwork takes place for 8-10 hours each week.
Allows students to apply their coursework to concrete problems. Students carry out a research project, perform a policy analysis or conduct a management study on behalf of an individual or institutional sponsor. Students work with sponsors to develop individual projects. Students meet 1 or 2 times per monthl to discuss progress and hear guest speakers to strengthen practical career skills. At the conclusion of the course, students prepare oral and written reports summarizing their project results.
Course Note: Open only to students in the second year of the two-year Master of Science in Health Policy and Management; ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM290c Applied Research and Practice in Health Policy and Management
Spring 1
Ms. N. Turnbull, M. McCormack
Four 2.5 credit sections (Fall 1, Fall 2, Spring 1, Spring 2).
All second-year students in the HPM MS2 program will be required to register for the HPM290 (Fall 1) section and for two of the other three sections.
Student will receive a grade for each section given at end of each semester.
Field work and 1-2 two-hour session each month. Fieldwork takes place for 8-10 hours each week.
Allows students to apply their coursework to concrete problems. Students carry out a research project, perform a policy analysis or conduct a management study on behalf of an individual or institutional sponsor. Students work with sponsors to develop individual projects. Students meet 1 or 2 times per monthl to discuss progress and hear guest speakers to strengthen practical career skills. At the conclusion of the course, students prepare oral and written reports summarizing their project results.
Course Note: Open only to students in the second year of the two-year Master of Science in Health Policy and Management; ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM290d Applied Research and Practice in Health Policy and Management
Spring 2
Ms. N. Turnbull, M. McCormack
Four 2.5 credit sections (Fall 1, Fall 2, Spring 1, Spring 2).
All second-year students in the HPM MS2 program will be required to register for the HPM290 (Fall 1) section and for two of the other three sections.
Student will receive a grade for each section given at end of each semester.
Field work and 1-2 two-hour session each month. Fieldwork takes place for 8-10 hours each week.
Allows students to apply their coursework to concrete problems. Students carry out a research project, perform a policy analysis or conduct a management study on behalf of an individual or institutional sponsor. Students work with sponsors to develop individual projects. Students meet 1 or 2 times per monthl to discuss progress and hear guest speakers to strengthen practical career skills. At the conclusion of the course, students prepare oral and written reports summarizing their project results.
Course Note: Open only to students in the second year of the two-year Master of Science in Health Policy and Management; ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM292 Research Ethics
Spring 2
S. Putney
1.25 credits
Course canceled for 2006-07
Lectures. One 1-hour session each week.
This course is required for all students engaged in studies supported by the National Institutes of Health, and is open to everyone. The course reviews a series of ethical issues that arise in the conduct of research. Topics will include informed consent, disclosure of conflicts of interest, multiple authorship issues, issues in mentoring, including gender and race-based discrimination, and the federal oversight process.
Course Activities: Multiple lecturers will conduct interactive sessions. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM296 Doctoral Seminar in Health Economics
Spring
Cross-listed as KSG as HCP-581 and at FAS as EC 2460
Dr. J. Newhouse
2.5 credits
Seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
Explores frontier work in the field of health economics. Focuses on learning advanced theories and economic models useful for policy analysis, and on helping students develop dissertation and/or research topics. Students enrolled for credit are expected to present original research at the end of the semester.
Course Note: For doctoral candidates or very advanced master's degree students; a graduate-level microeconomics course is required; signature of instructor required indicating suitable background. Course meets for 4 weeks at Boston University, five weeks at HSPH, and 4 weeks at the Kennedy School of Government.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM299 Research with Large Databases
Summer 2
Dr. J. Ayanian, Dr. E. McCarthy
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Research with Large Databases addresses potential uses of existing large administrative, clinical, and survey databases to study important questions regarding clinical risk factors, treatment, outcomes and health policy. Strengths and limitations of large databases that are commonly used for research will be considered, and special attention will be devoted to large federal databases that are readily available to new investigators. Practical issues in obtaining, linking and analyzing large databases will be emphasized in the course and key statistical issues will be addressed, including risk-adjustment and sampling weights. Students will evaluate published studies based on large databases and develop a proposal for analyzing a specific research question with a large database.
Course Notes: EPI208 or EPI200 and BIO206 or BIO202 required; no auditors. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
HPM400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
HPM510 Introduction to Management of Health Care Organizations
Summer 1
Dr. M. Roberts
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course provides an introduction to two of the major tasks confronting managers of health care organizations. Building on an introduction to organizational theory, the course focuses on the main problems of organizational strategy and the management of human resources. This course makes extensive use of case based classroom discussions, as well as selected conceptual readings. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM512 Medical Informatics
Summer 2
Dr. D. Bates, Dr. B. Middleton, Dr. J. Einbinder
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Medical Informatics and health information technology are increasingly critical for delivery of safe, effective health care, and also for research, and management. Health information technology will likely transform health care in the coming years, and electronic health records represent a treasure trove of data for anyone interested in clinical effectiveness research, and a vehicle for improving healthcare delivery. In this course we describe the core issues in the field of medical informatics, survey the methods used to perform clinical effectiveness research using clinical systems, give examples of healthcare improvement using health information technology, and describe how to evaluate clinical systems interventions. Major topics include: the impact of clinical systems with a focus on clinical decision support, evaluation methods, obtaining information from clinical systems, and the role of informatics standards. Issues such as confidentiality and privacy, organizational factors, interoperability, and return on investment will also be covered. The relevance of informatics in disease management, genomics, patient computing, biosurveillance, and health care policy will also be highlighted. You do not need to be a programmer or to have medical informatics as a primary interest to take this course.
Course Activities: Students will write a paper about a proposed analysis using data from a clinical information system.
Course Note: Ordinal grading only. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM516 Health Care: Quality Improvement
Spring 2
Dr. L. Leape, Dr. E. Schneider
2.5 credits
Seminar. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course explores the theories and methods of quality improvement with a focus on strategies for changing the practices of physicians and organizations. Topics include rapid cycle change, overuse, underuse and misuse of health care services, traditional quality improvement techniques such as regulation, credentialing, education, and new techniques including continuous quality improvement, organizational learning, systems design, managed care, practice guidelines, information systems, performance reports, and payment incentives.
Course Note: The instructors will emphasize and expect active participation in class discussions. No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM518 American Violence: The Intersection Between Home and Street
Spring 2
Dr. D. Prothrow-Stith
2.5 credits
Course Not Offered 2008-2009
Lectures. One 3-hour session each week
This course will use an interdisciplinary approach to explore risk factors and remedies for the high occurrence of violence in the United States. Special emphasis will be given to the public health approach to violence prevention, and to successes of public health work in addressing youth and community violence over the past two decades. Course sessions will trace the links between exposure to violence in childhood and involvement in interpersonal and street-based violence later in life. Early warning signs and dynamics of violence in dating, common-law, marriage and terminated relationships will be reviewed, as will juvenile offenses and responses by the criminal justice and health care sectors. Students interested in doing clinical work, policy and program design, or research are encouraged to use this course as a foundation. Supplemented by insights from practioners, this course will provide a rich context for understanding policy and programmatic challenges in addressing the high incidence of violence in this country. (8.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM519 Health Information Technology and its Impact on Healthcare
Spring 1
Dr. A. Jha
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will provide an introduction to the critical issues facing the use of Health Information Technologies (HIT) in healthcare, with a primary focus on the U.S. but with substantial class time dedicated to understanding the use of HIT in other developed as well as developing countries. Topics will include defining HIT in its various forms, identifying the current levels of adoption and use of these technologies, and understanding the clinical and policy context that is driving HIT adoption. The course will also explore why HIT adoption has been difficult, both from a national policy perspective as well as from the perspective of clinicians who have tried to use these systems. Substantial class time will focus on understanding the relationship between HIT and quality of care by exploring the major challenges facing healthcare in the U.S. and understand how HIT might impact those issues. Finally, the course will explore how other nations have adopted HIT and the lesson that might hold for the U.S. as well as other nations contemplating use of HIT to improve care.
Course Note: No Auditors
Course Evaluations
HPM520 Organizing Consumer and Community Interests in the Health System
Fall 2
Ms. S. Sherry
2.5 credits
Seminar. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Using the framework of community organizing, the course examines the elements of building and sustaining constituency involvement in health care. This course focuses on organizing consumer and community interests in the health system with particular emphasis on effective interventions by and for the traditionally disenfranchised. Analysis of health policy and politics is used to identify strategic opportunities and challenges for consumer intervention. The course emphasizes the practical applications of organizing and policy analysis to influence health policy particularly at the institutional, local and state levels. Extensive use of recent case examples ground the class in the current issues faced by community groups and other health interests in a rapidly changing health system.
Course note: Enrollment limited to 25 students.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM525 Disparities in Health
Spring 2
Dr. D. Prothrow-Stith, Dr. B. Gibbs
2.5 credits
Course Not Offfered 2008-2009
Lecture, case studies, seminars. One 2.5-hour session each week
This course explores strategies to reduce/eliminate racial and ethnic health disparities (REHD), which have been a part of the health system in the United States since its origins. Several national reports document the existence of REHD and impart a call to action with specific strategy and policy recommendations. The U.S. Department of Health and Human services' publication, Healthy People 2010, sets measurable goals for reducing REHD. Over the years, since its publication there has been considerable national and local attention to the problem. Despite better and more consistent measurement of disparities, the public health system is far from on track to meet the 2010 goals. Current initiatives, too often, rely upon episodic interventions, isolated research activities or brief encounters with health providers. Problems with racial and ethnic disparities in health and health care persist and often are exacerbated by other social determinants of health. Strategies to reduce disparities include provider education, structural changes in health care systems, community organizing, culturally and linguistically appropriate services (CLAS), community-based participatory research (CBPR), public policy, environmental changes and more recently litigation.
The initial lectures in this course will explore the concepts of race and ethnicity, focus on historical and structural factors affecting health disparities, highlight contemporary data, and provide a general description of the current status of racial and ethnic health disparities in the United States. The majority of the class time will focus on strategies and interventions. Students will investigate existing strategies for addressing the leading causes of morbidity and mortality that differentially impact minority and disadvantaged communities. Students will review and critique current and past REHD reduction strategies. Social justice movements in the United States (civil rights movement, environmental justice movement, etc.) will serve as models for the type of wide-spread, multi-level change that is necessary to address REHD.
This course will feature community-based strategies and solutions, promising public health and health care systems approaches and interventions, and public policy efforts Students who successfully complete this course can expect to gain: 1) skills to assess REHD elimination strategies, 2) awareness of the limitations inherent in REHD strategies that focus on the clinical context, 3) practice-based knowledge of strategies designed to eliminate REHD, and 4) skills to recognize and manage personal and institutional bias affecting REHD.
Course Activities: Lectures, discussions, case studies, presentations, and experiential formats.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM529 Principles of Suicide Prevention
Spring 2
Dr. M. Miller
2.5 credits
Seminars. One 3-hour session each week
On an average day in the United States 85 people die by suicide; over half use guns. In 2005, the latest year for which data are available, 32,637 Americans took their own lives and more than half a million received emergency treatment after attempting suicide. For Americans 40 years of age and younger, suicide is the second leading cause of death.
The search for the causes of suicide has historically focused on identifying mental illnesses that are disproportionately common among suicide decedents. In the three decades since diagnostic psychiatry displaced dynamic psychiatry, hundreds of epidemiologic studies have found strong and consistent evidence that discrete diagnoses of mental illness (e.g., major depression) are associated with an increased risk of suicide. These studies have not, however, explained why some populations have higher suicide rates than others, why male suicide rates are so much higher than female suicide rates in the United States and most other developed countries but not in China, Cuba or Sri Lanka, or why rates of suicide are twice as high for white Americans compared to African Americans, children in the United States compared to children in other Western countries, and members of the baby-boomer cohort compared to members of the cohort born during the Great Depression. These questions, about the distribution and frequency of suicide within and between populations are the kind of questions that a public health approach believes are vital to understanding and preventing suicide -and tries to answer. These are the type of questions that this course will begin to address.
The class will make use of close readings of the empirical literature, interactive class discussion, and examination of a large data set of suicides to illustrate the magnitude and scope of suicide as a public health problem, the evidentiary basis (or lack thereof) for existing prevention strategies, and the social and cultural impediments to more effective interventions.
Instruction is through interactive lectures with a significant amount of class discussion.
Course Note: No previous background in medicine, psychiatry or evaluative sciences is necessary; enrollment limited. Audit only permitted with signature of instructor.
Course Evaluations
HPM530 Measuring and Analyzing the Outcomes of Health Care
Summer 1
Dr. M. Testa, Dr. D. Simonson
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Five 1.75-hour sessions each week.
This course emphasizes introductory concepts, methods, and practical procedures for measuring and analyzing patients' health status, quality of life, satisfaction and cost-effectiveness for health outcomes research. The course reviews the fundamentals of health outcomes research methods necessary for 1) demonstrating improvement in patient outcomes, 2) controlling costs and allocating resources, 3) implementing disease management programs and 4) making effective public health, health technology and clinical decisions. Statistical methods needed to evaluate and use scales and indices are also presented and discussed. The course would be useful to public health and clinical researchers who must critically review and utilize outcomes data for public health, health care and clinical decision-making. The course should enable students to 1) conceptually define the meaning and purpose of outcomes research, 2) understand the role of epidemiology, health economics and database and information technology in conducting outcomes research, 3) evaluate the usefulness and utility of outcomes measures, 4) recognize the different types of measures used in outcomes research, including clinical, health status, quality-of-life, work/role performance, health care utilization, and patient satisfaction, 5) adopt new methods for modeling patient responses, interpret the meaning of measurement concepts and obtain a basic appreciation of the statistical analyses appropriate for outcomes research, 6) locate available research-quality instruments for measuring health care outcomes in order to make informed choices among existing instruments and 7) interpret the results of health outcomes research. Course note: No auditors.
Course Evaluations
HPM531 Information Technology and Chronic Disease Management
Spring 2
Dr. J.. Nobel
2.50 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009.
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One 4-hour session each week.
This very practical course will examine breakdowns in current preventive and chronic care delivery models. Using a combination of Case Study and Field Experience models, it examines diabetes as a particular example of an important chronic disease in which we fail to achieve acceptable preventive or therapeutic goals. The course evaluates the diabetes challenge from the perspective of all the major stakeholders involved including consumer/patients, providers, payers, and purchasers, as well as the opportunities for more effective programs to be designed, implemented and evaluated. New models of care delivery, based on the availability of emerging information management technologies such as interactive patient-directed websites, remote physiologic monitoring in the home and the use of new telecommunication platforms like hand-held devices, will be reviewed and explored in the context of organizational, sociologic and economic constraints.
The goal of the course will be to prepare students to address not only the diabetes challenge, but the better management of other chronic diseases. This will be achieved through a combination of classroom work and field experiences, drawing on the expertise of both local and national diabetes and technology experts to provide "state of the art" domain expertise and perspective.
Course note: No auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM536 Leading Change
Spring 2
Dr. J. Conway
1.25 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Leading change is an organizational growth and enrichment requirement at all levels and types of organizations. Yet, most change is resisted and most change efforts fail. It is said that the currency of leadership is change yet few leaders either study change or consider themselves adept at it. Effective management of change differentiates those who are successful from those who are not. No matter what the work, to be successful requires coming to work every day to not only make the "product" but also to make it better.
The course will cover change theory, tools, models and approaches and focuses heavily on their application to contemporary issues and opportunities confronted in health. While historically the focus of change efforts have been on leading change from the top, the orientation of this course will be on leading change from the middle and front lines of organizations. Change and learning will be considered at all levels: environment, organizational system level, micro-organization, and in the experience of care and wellness.
Course note: ordinal grading option only. (11.06)
Course Evaluations
HPM537 Law and Public Health
Spring
Dr. M. Mello
5.0 Credits
Not Offered 2009-2010
Lectures. Two 1.5-hour sessions each week.
This course is an expanded version of HPM213: Public Health Law. It explores the same general questions: What is the scope of the government's authority to regulate in the interest of public health? How are individual rights balanced against this authority? What are the strengths and weaknesses of legislation, administrative regulation, and litigation as means to achieve public health goals? In what ways does the law obstruct the achievement of public health goals? How has public health law been influenced by the broader political environment? The core legal concepts are explored in greater depth in this semester-long course, and a larger number of specific applications in public health (e.g., human subjects research, pharmaceutical regulation, firearm laws and injury prevention) are covered. The class is taught at Harvard Law School. Some previous exposure to Constitutional law is helpful but not required.
Course Note: HSPH students must register for HSPH Course. Students may not take this course if you have previously taken HPM213.
Course Evaluations
HPM539 Health Care Organizations and Behavior
Spring 2
Dr. S. Singer
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Case Studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The Institute of Medicine's goal of health care that is safe, effective, patient-centered, efficient, timely, and equitable won't be accomplished primarily through policy reform. Health care organizations individually and collectively must learn to innovate, change, and improve continuously.
Health care organizations are made up of individuals, groups, and teams-their customers, suppliers, and employees-who make each organization unique. Successfully leading in this context, at any level (executive, manager, frontline worker, or consultant), requires understanding and applying knowledge about how people and groups act in organizations. People and groups interrelate with each other, with the organization, and within the system in which they work; and the health care system presents distinctive challenges and constraints.
This course aims to help participants understand health care organizations and organizational behavior through discussion of case studies of exemplary organizational challenges and through contemporary and seminal literature addressing major theoretical perspectives on organizations. We will examine both macro issues (that impact organizations as a whole) and micro issues (that impact individuals and teams). To develop their abilities to apply the theoretical and practical concepts, students will work together in teams to address a specific organizational problem. Written assignments are designed to allow students to reflect on and apply lessons drawn from their own experience in organizations.
Course Evaluations
HPM540 Public Health Response to Mass Emergencies
WinterSession
Winter Session
Dr. P. Biddinger
2.5 credits
Seminars. Five 4-hour sessions each week.
This course on all-hazards emergencies will focus on public health preparedness and response. The course begins with the history of biological warfare and arms control efforts, and provides an analysis of the current biological, chemical, and radiological threats. The science of the relevant agents as well as the science of defensive measures will be addressed. Practical skills will be emphasized, including how to conduct an epidemiological investigation, the basics of emergency public health law, knowledge of the National Incident Management System and methods of coordination with various federal, state, and local emergency response agencies. Instructors will use a variety of instructional materials, including lectures, case studies and tabletop exercises.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
HPM542 Theory and Practice of Effective Leadership:
Spring 1
Understanding and Developing Personal Leadership Competencies
Ms. M. Jacobson, Dr. T. Anastasi
2.5 Credits
Case studies, lectures and group exercises.
This course is scheduled from 9:00 AM-5:00 PM on four Saturdays: January 30, February 6, February 20, February 27 2010.
This course explores different styles of leadership and the contexts in which each is likely to be effective or counterproductive. The course looks at personality types and other characteristic behaviors and attributes that can contribute to or hinder leadership effectiveness. Through the use of instruments, exercises, and feedback, students will identify their own personality types, conflict resolution styles, and characteristic approaches to leadership issues and how to build upon them to develop their leadership skills. Students will also learn to assess and be responsive to the personality types and conflict resolution styles of others so that they can create situations in which positive, collaborative outcomes are most likely.
Course Note: Enrollment is limited to 25. Ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
HPM543 Quantitative Methods in Program Evaluation
Spring 2
Dr. K. Baicker
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Case Studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will give students the tools that they need to evaluate policy interventions, social programs, and health initiatives. Did the program achieve its goals? Did it reach its target audience? Could it have been more effective? In order to be able to answer these questions, students will develop a flexible set of analytical tools, including both the ability to design an evaluation study and the ability to evaluate existing studies critically.
By the end of the course students will be able to construct a well-designed study to answer well-posed questions, gauge the adequacy of available data, implement an econometric analysis, interpret the results of such studies, and draw policy implications. The course will focus on health policies and programs such as public insurance expansions and public health campaigns, but the techniques will be broadly applicable to other realms such as welfare or education.
Course Evaluations
HPM544 The Law and Clinical Medicine
Spring 2
Dr. A. Kachalia, Dr. B. Moulton, Dr. M. Mello (S)
2.5 Credits
Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will examine the legal contours of the physician-patient relationship, including the legal ramifications of medical error. What are a health care provider’s legal obligations to a patient? What is medical malpractice and is the medical malpractice “crisis” real? The course will also examine what impact the law has on quality of care. How has the legal system’s treatment of quality of health care services inspired change and innovation within the medical profession? These and other topics will be considered.
This course will describe many of the fundamental legal issues that arise in medical practice, examine why they occur, and formulate policy approaches that might solve them. In addition, students will analyze and interpret the legal dilemmas created by new developments in medical care that can outpace the laws. Students will also propose possible solutions for these challenges. Finally, this course will enable students to critique and design potential options for malpractice and legal reform that can spur the improvement of health care quality and delivery.
Course Evaluations
HPM545 Health Care Issues: Public vs. Market Resolutions
Spring 1
Dr. K. Swartz
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The objective of this course is to learn how to think about the major issues facing the federal and state governments as they debate and devise plans for reform of the American health care system. In particular, the goal is for students to be able to articulate why any of the issues requires public policies to be resolved or is a problem that the private market can resolve. (Thus, the course builds off what the students learned in a microeconomics course – reasons that markets fail to be efficient and rationales for government involvement in markets.) The issues that will be the focus of the course this year relate to health insurance coverage and control of health care spending. Even if health care reforms are enacted this fall by Congress, the implementation of these reforms will involve the issues to be examined in the course: how to finance health insurance, appropriate risk adjustments to premiums, copayments and cost-sharing by patients, determination of minimum credible benefits package, subsidies for insurance purchase, requirement that people have coverage, efficient size of insurance pool, why slowing the growth in health care spending is really a problem of how to achieve efficient production and consumption of health care and options for achieving such efficiencies (including accountable care organizations). These issues all involve choices about the extent to which markets can resolve the issues and what types of government policies would help the markets work more efficiently and fairly or are necessary because the markets fail to achieve efficient or desired outcomes. Thus, the primary learning objective for students is to understand the complexities of these issues, why markets alone do not seem to resolve them, and how they inter-relate.
Course Evaluations
HPM546 Health Policy Issues Facing Age in America
Spring 2
Dr. K. Swartz
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Two 2-hours sessions each week.
The objective of this course is to understand the major health policy issues facing the U.S. (and other countries) as its population ages and to think through the types of public policies that could be implemented to help the elderly with their health care needs. Specific issues that will be explored include demographic changes coming and how that will affect the country’s ability to fund social insurance and programs, options for altering the financing and structuring Medicare and Medicaid, long-term care, how we determine what is cost-effective care, patient autonomy and who can make decisions about end-of-life care, and health care workforce needs as the population ages.
Course Evaluations
HPM547 Pursuing High Performance Health Care: Policy and Management
Spring 2
Dr. J. Mongan, Dr. T. Lee
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week
A major driver of current challenges in healthcare has been tremendous progress that is superimposed on a fragmented, disorganized healthcare delivery system – resulting in chaos, inefficiency, disappointing quality, and unnerving gaps in safety. We believe that the best method of addressing these challenges is organization of providers so that they can adopt systems that bring order to the chaos – but there are many policy, business, and cultural issues to be addressed along the way.
In this course, we will analyze the concept of a high performance health care system from national, state, and provider delivery system perspectives. We will use lectures and case studies that draw upon the experience of the instructors in health policy at national and regional levels, and in management of provider organizations. In early classroom sessions, topics will include the overall performance of the U.S. health care system, the challenge of funding improved access to care nationally and in Massachusetts, and the implications of various payment reform options.
However, the major focus of the course is on delivery system reform, rather than payment reform. We will assess the strengths and liabilities of models for organizing care, ranging from “tight” delivery systems with employed physicians, to options for the small 1-2 physician practices that provide most U.S. healthcare, to tactics that can be used by employers and patients. Although many of the examples will be drawn from U.S. health care, the issues and strategies will be relevant to improvement in international settings as well. We will assess the types of information systems and “human-ware” systems that can be expected to improve health care. And we will analyze policy, market, and cultural issues that pose barriers to or might speed development of greater organization in healthcare.
The major learning objections of the course are to provide students with:
· An understanding of how performance for health care systems can be defined and measured.
· An overview of the major strategies for improving performance, including strategies employed by providers, payers, and policy-makers
· A critical assessment of the effectiveness of these strategies
· A detailed understanding of the challenges for leaders of provider organizations that seek to improve their quality, safety, efficiency, and overall value
Course Evaluations
ID202 Physical Growth and Development
Spring 2
Department of Society, Human Development and Health and the Department of Nutrition
Dr. K. Peterson
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2009-2010. Offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Provides an in-depth treatment to the principles and assessment of physical growth, development and maturation that are the basis for monitoring the health of populations of mothers and children from conception through adolescence. Selection, measurement, and interpretation of anthropometric indicators of growth and body size are discussed in detail. Public health implications of the study of growth and development are also considered, including reference growth curves, secular trends in obesity, maturation, and stature; and strategies for individual and population-based growth monitoring and implications for design of nutrition interventions and primary care in the U.S. and in international settings.
Course Activities: Seminar participation.
Course Note: Knowledge of basic biology recommended.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID205 Societal Response to Disaster
Spring 1
Dr. J. Leaning
2.5 credits
Spring 1
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour session each week.
Designed for physicians, public health officers, or others who may be charged with responsibility for intervention during disasters. The focus will be on public health implications of disasters well as decision-making under stress, examining U.S. and international case studies within the theoretical framework of disaster planning, response, and assessment.
Course Activities: Requirements include readings from syllabus and short list of required tests as well as four 5-page critiques of selected disasters.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID206 Scientific Writing in Nutrition and Epidemiology
Spring
Department of Nutrition, Department of Epidemiology
Dr. F. Sacks
2.5 Credits
Seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course is designed for nutrition/epidemiology doctoral degree students. Others may be admitted after discussion with the instructor. The course will cover organization of scientific papers, presentation of data in graphical and tabular forms, and style. The course is designed for advanced students who are beginning to work on a paper for publication. Each section of a paper will be discussed extensively. The goal is for each student to have a manuscript ready for submission to a peer review journal at the end of the course.
Course Activities: Principles of scientific writing will be taught. Students will work on their papers independently, under the overall supervision of their own faculty advisors. Each student will critique the papers of classmates. The instructor will guide the discussion and use the paper to make additional points of constructive criticism, which will serve to illustrate the principles enunciated at the beginning of the class. Guidelines for journals and co-author criteria will be discussed. Approach to revisions based on reviewers' comments will be covered.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 6 students; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID209 Nutrition in Child Growth and Development
Spring
Department of Society, Human Development, and Health and the Department of Nutrition
Dr. J. Dwyer
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2009-2010. Alternate year course.
Lectures, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Examines principles and practical problems encountered in developing policies and programs involving nutritional issues, growth and development. Lectures on general principles or elements of nutrition provide background setting for policy and are designed to help students base their judgments on scientific evidence. Discussions involve case studies of recent relevant policy issues in industrialized and developing countries. Student papers, presentations and discussions focus on either policy or scientific issues of importance.
Course Activities: Lectures, video presentations, case studies, and discussion, student presentations. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID214 Nutritional Epidemiology
Spring
Department of Nutrition and the Department of Epidemiology
Dr. E. O'Reilly, Dr. W. Willett
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
Reviews methods for assessing the dietary intake of populations and individuals. Students gain experience in the actual collection, analysis and interpretation of dietary intake. The course also reviews several specific diet/disease relationships, integrating information from international studies, secular trends, clinical trials, analytical epidemiology, and animal experiments.
Course Note: BIO 200, BIO 201 or BIO 200s and BIO 200t, and EPI 200, EPI 201 or EPI 208 required; familiarity with regression/ANOVA recommended; signature of instructor required for students who have not taken a course in nutrition. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID215 Environmental and Occupational Epidemiology
Spring
Department of Environmental Health and the Department of Epidemiology
Dr. F. Laden, Dr. M. Weisskopf
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course examines application of epidemiologic methods to environmental and occupational health problems. Objectives are to review methods used in evaluating the health effects of physical and chemical agents in the environment, to review available evidence on the health effects of such exposures, and to consider policy questions raised by the scientific evidence. Topics include lectures on methodology, seminars on the review and criticism of current literature, and presentations by outside experts on specific environmental and occupational health issues of current interest.
Course Note: EPI 200, 201, 208 or 500 AND BIO 200, 201, 202 or 206 are required (concurrent enrollment permitted).
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID215 Environmental and Occupational Epidemiology
Summer 1
Department of Environmental Health and the Department of Epidemiology
Dr. F. Laden
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course examines application of epidemiologic methods to environmental and occupational health problems. Objectives are to review methods used in evaluating the health effects of physical and chemical agents in the environment, to review available evidence on the health effects of such exposures, and to consider policy questions raised by the scientific evidence. Topics include lectures on methodology, seminars on the review and criticism of current literature, and presentations by outside experts on specific environmental and occupational health issues of current interest.
Course Note: EPI200, EPI 201 or EPI208 and BIO200, BIO201or BIO205 are required (concurrent enrollment permitted).
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID221 Nutritional Epidemiology II
Fall
Department of Nutrition and the Department of Epidemiology
Dr. A. Ascherio, Department Members
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007. Offered alternate years.
Lectures, case studies. One two-hour session each week.
This course addresses methodological aspects of research in nutritional epidemiology. Topics include validation studies, adjustment for energy intake, and correction of measurement error. Theoretical as well as practical aspects will be covered. This course is intended primarily for students interested in doing epidemiologic research.
Course Activities: Review of original articles, data analyses, computer simulations.
Course Note: BIO 210 or equivalent required; ID214 required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID236 Social Epidemiology
Spring 1
Departments of Society, Human Development, and Health and the Department of Epidemiology
Dr. D. Williams
2.5 credits
Course offered 2007-2008; offered alternate years.
Lectures, seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
The course will focus on understanding the social determinants of health. Readings and discussion center on understanding the theories, measurement and empirical evidence related to specific social conditions and experiences such as socioeconomic position, discrimination, social networks and support, work conditions, ecological level neighborhood and community social conditions, and social and economic policies. Biological and psychological mechanisms by which social conditions influence health will be discussed. The course builds on a basic understanding of society and health and of epidemiology. Students will be required to present in class and evaluate methods and measures.
Course Activities: Assigned readings; class presentations and discussions; term paper.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 20 students; SHH 201, EPI 200 or EPI 201 and EPI 202 required; no auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID238 Programs and Principles of Public Health Nutrition
Spring 2
Department of Nutrition and Department of Society, Human Development and Health
Dr. K. Peterson
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2009-2010. Offered alternate years.
Lectures. Two 2-hour sections each week.
The ability to translate nutrition and public health research to practical applications on the community and population level is increasingly becoming critical in the practice of public health nutrition. This course is designed for both masters and doctoral level students interested in acquiring skills for linking nutrition research to action in US and international settings; post-doctoral fellows with relevant applied research interests are welcomed. The course provides an introduction to research and practice of public health nutrition in both the US and abroad by presenting conceptual and methodological perspectives on topics ranging from existing nutrition programs and policies to planning and evaluation, to nutritional surveillance. Participatory, interdisciplinary approaches to research and practice are discussed and incorporated into student workgroup activities.
Course Activities: Discussions, assigned readings, class exercises, class presentations and written group project.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 30 students. Prior coursework recommended in one or more of the following areas: nutrition, exercise physiology, program and policy implementation and evaluation, participatory and community-based public health practice and research.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID240 Principles of Injury Control
Spring 1
Department of Health Policy and Management
Dr. D. Hemenway
2.5 credits
Seminar. One 3-hour session each week.
This course provides an introduction to a serious public health problem - intentional and unintentional injury - and provides a framework for examining control options. Specific categories of injuries, such as motor vehicle crashes and violence, and specific risk factors for serious injury such as alcohol and firearms, are examined in detail.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID242 Politics and Strategies for Change in Health Policy
Spring 1
Department of Health Policy and Management and the Department of Society, Human Development and Health
Dr. R. Blendon
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This is a course for public health professionals who want their work to have a real impact on health policy decision-making. You will learn how to develop political strategies for influencing health care policy, and how political analysis can improve health policy research and its implementation at the national, state and local levels. Topics include political strategy; lobbying and special interest groups; the media and public opinion; campaigns, elections, and health policy; building coalitions; and grass roots advocacy. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID250 Ethical Basis of the Practice of Public Health
Spring 1
Dr. D. Wikler
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Evaluation: Exams plus one term project (case study term paper, in-class debate, or tutorial)
Provides students with a broad overview of some of the main philosophical and moral ideas that are used as a basis for resolving debates of public health policy. Helps students develop their own capacities to analyze, criticize, evaluate, and construct policy-oriented arguments
The practice of public health require moral reflection and argument for a number of reasons. Public health measures often make demands on the public, such as changes in lifestyles or restrictions of liberties, and these must be justified. Practitioners of public health frequently face ethical dilemmas, both in framing policy and in practice in the field, whose optimal resolution is uncertain. The work of public health practitioners is sometimes challenged on moral grounds, which must be examined and, when appropriate, countered.
The resources for moral argument and justification in public health are found in moral philosophy and philosophical theories of justice; and also in history, the social sciences, and in the science of public health itself. Students in this course will survey some of the principle philosophical approaches in addressing a number of ethical controversies in contemporary public health.
Issues and concepts discussed in the course will be drawn from this list:
Definitions of health
Ethical issues in health measurement: DALYs and QALYs
Ethical norms in public health and clinical medicine
Moral epistemology and the rational foundation of moral norms
Ethics and human rights
Ethical relativism
Consequentialist and deontological ethical theories
Contractualist and rival theories of distributive justice
State coercion and paternalism in public health
Individual and social responsibility for health
Ethics and emergency humanitarian interventions
Ethical issues in health resource allocation
Health disparities and inequalities
Ethical issues in international health research involving human subjects
Ethics of public health communication
Ethical integrity of practioners: conflict of interest and corruption
(5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID250 Ethical Basis of the Practice of Public Health
Fall 1
Department of Health Policy and Management
Dr. M. Roberts
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Provides students with a broad overview of some of the main philosophical and moral ideas that are used as a basis for resolving debates of public health policy. Helps students develop their own capacities to analyze, criticize, evaluate, and construct policy-oriented arguments.
Course Note: Instructor's signature required if student has not complete the prerequisite.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID251 Ethical Basis of the Practice of Public Hlth: Hlth Care Delivery
Summer 1
Department of Health Policy and Management
Dr. M. Mello, Dr. D. Studdert
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is intended to provide physicians and public health professionals with an understanding of how politics, economic concerns, law, and ethics interact in health care policy decisions in the United States. It also explores these issues internationally through a human rights framework. Through discussion of legal cases and articles from the medical and ethics literature, we will explore topics such as informed consent, rights to health, rationing, personal responsibility for health, and fetal abuse.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID251 Ethical Basis of the Practice of Public Hlth:Hlth Care Dellivery
Summer 1
Department of Health Policy and Management
Dr. M. Mello, Dr. D. Studdert
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is intended to provide physicians and public health professionals with an understanding of how politics, economic concerns, law, and ethics interact in health care policy decisions in the United States. It also explores these issues internationally through a human rights framework. Through discussion of legal cases and articles from the medical and ethics literature, we will explore topics such as informed consent, rights to health, rationing, personal responsibility for health, and fetal abuse.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID261 Practice of Health Care Management and Policy
Spring
Department of Health Policy and Management
Dr. J. Kasten
5 credits
Seminars, field studies. One 2-hour session each week and four hours of field work each week.
One section explores the managerial skills required of public health professionals in any setting - leadership negotiations, interdisciplinary teams, and communication. The alternative section focuses on the policy process from a political perspective, identifying key shareholders, political processes, government structure, and the role of conflict resolution in the formation of health policy. Fieldwork provides practical experience in health care management or health policy development.
Course Note: Acceptance into the MPH concentration in Health Care Management or signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID261 Practice of Health Care Management and Policy
Spring
Department of Health Policy and Management
Dr. C. Hager
5 credits
Seminars, field studies. One 2-hour session each week and four hours of field work each week.
This is the Field Practicum course for MPH students concentrating in Health Care Management (HCM) or Law and Public Health (LPH). Fieldwork provides practical experience in health care management or health policy development. The classroom component of Section 1 of the course explores the managerial skills required of public health professional in any setting - leadership negotiations, interdisciplinary teams, and communication. The classroom component of section 2 of the course focuses on the policy process from a political perspective, identifying key shareholders, political processes, government structure, and the role of conflict resolution in the formation of health policy. LPH concentrators should register for section 2. HCM concentrators may register for section 1 or section 2.
Course Note: Acceptance into the MPH concentrations in Health Care Management or Law and Public health or signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID262 Introduction to the Practice of Global Health
Fall 1
Department of Global Health and Population
Dr. R. Cash
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
How is global health defined? What are its historical roots and modern manifestations? Which are the major contemporary issues and debates on policies and practices? These questions are addressed in this introductory course that defines the scope of the field, highlights contemporary issues, and reviews selective case studies of global health policies and practices. The course begins with an examination of world health and development and the rapid health transitions taking place. Key contemporary issues are critically examined--burden of disease, primary health care, disease control, child survival, pharmaceutical policy and essential drugs, health policy, and the evolving roles of international and non-governmental organizations. Interspersed throughout are several case studies of challenges facing the modern practice of global health.
Course Note: This introductory course helps prepare students for other global health offerings, including GHP244 and GHP251. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID263 Practice of Occupational Health
Spring
Department of Environmental Health
Dr. T. Smith, Dr. R. Herrick, Dr. J. Stewart
5 credits
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Focuses on the assessment of workplace hazards, the physiology and biomechanical aspects of work, and a practical problem-solving approach to health problems in various work settings. Emphasizes the relationship between working conditions and health, with special reference to the recognition, measurement, and control of occupational hazards.
Course Activities: Oral and written projects, class discussions, four
walk-through field trips to local industries (field trips may take up to four hours).
Course Note: EH 262 recommended; signature of instructor required; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID264 Practice of Family and Community Health, Part II
Spring
Department of Society, Human Development and Health
Dr. B. Gottlieb
2.5 credits
Field studies, seminars.
Addresses the professional training needs of MPH students who plan to pursue leadership positions in the public sector or in community health. Students, in small groups, undertake fieldwork in public or community health agencies. They apply managerial and analytic techniques developed in the concentration to the solution of problems confronting these agencies. Student groups meet with advisers from HSPH and their host agency throughout the field placement. Seminars explore the practice of public and community health through case studies and readings.
Course Activities: Field work, written and oral project report.
Course Note: Acceptance into the MPH concentration in Family and Community Health or signature of instructor required. ID506 required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID265 Practice of Quantitative Methods
Spring 1
Department of Biostatistics and the Master of Public Health Program
Dr. M. Testa, D. Simonson
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Explores practical and conceptual issues in the design, conduct, analysis and evaluation of human studies through the discussion of current research and methodologies. Students design studies to address important health problems. Class discussion and group projects are emphasized.
Course Note: Acceptance into the MPH concentration in Quantitative Methods or signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID269 Respiratory Epidemiology
Fall 2
Department of Environmental Health and the Department of Epidemiology
Dr. D. Dockery, Dr. D. Gold
1.25 credits
Lectures, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Reviews the epidemiology of respiratory diseases, including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, respiratory cancer, and infectious respiratory disease. Demographic distribution, time trends and risk factors of these diseases are discussed.
Course Note: EPI 200, EPI 201 or EPI 208 required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID270 Summer MPH Practicum and Culminating Experience for QM
Summer 2
Dr. M. Testa
5 credits
Seminars. Five 1- to 2-hour sessions each week.
Summer-Only QM Master of Public Health students develop an off-site practicum at their home institution under the supervision of a local mentor and a member of the faculty at HSPH. This practicum may include aspects of epidemiology, biostatistics, decision sciences, or other quantitative aspects of public health. Students should apply the competencies learned in core courses to an actual investigation. Following the second (QM) summer course work, students must submit a written proposal for the practicum along with a letter of support from an investigator from the student's home site, indicating an agreement to act as the local mentor for the project. This proposal is reviewed and an HSPH faculty supervisor is identified. Students ordinarily would write a paper suitable for publication, a grant proposal or a technical report. This exercise will culminate with a presentation in the final summer of the student's program.
Course Note: Students must attend the sessions of this course during the second and third summer and they are encouraged to attend their first summer. Regular contact between students and mentors and among students is expected via e-mail during the year to seek advice, provide activity updates and to discuss approaches to the solution of methodological issues; pass/fail only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID271 Advanced Regression for Environmental Epidemiology
Spring 1
Departments of Environmental Health and Epidemiology
Dr. J. Schwartz
2.5 credits
Lectures and seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course covers applied advanced regression analysis. Its focus is on relaxing classical assumptions in regression analysis to better match what epidemiological data really looks like. Specifically, the course will cover nonlinear exposure-response relationships and repeated measure designs, including non-parametric and semi-parametric smoothing techniques, generalized additive models, and time series models. In addition to the theoretical material, students will apply these techniques using R to actual datasets including modeling the effects of environmental exposures on health outcomes. These techniques also are widely applicable to problems in infectious disease, psychiatric, nutritional, occupational, and cancer epidemiology.
Course Activities: Lectures and structured workshops in the instructional computer facility.
Course Note: Basic biostatistics and a course in regression analysis recommended; Minimum enrollment of 10 students. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID272 Financing Health Care in Developing Countries
Spring 1
Departments of Global Health and Population and Health Policy and Management.
Dr. Y. Liu, Dr. W. Hsiao
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course provides a comprehensive survey on the major health care financing options for developing countries. It begins with introduction of system diagnostic criteria such as equity and efficiency, as well as assessment tools such as the National Health Account technique. Drawing on economic theory and international experiences, the course analyzes strengths and weaknesses of alternative approaches to healthcare financing, including tax-based financing, social insurance, user fee financing, community financing and other innovative financing methods. The aim is to prepare students for applied work in policy and operational analysis related to health financing. This course makes extensive use of country case studies. (3.09)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID274 Oral Health Policy Research Seminar
Fall/Spring
Cross-listed at HSDM as OE732
Department of Epidemiology and the Department of Health Policy and Management
Dr. T. Zavras
2.5 credits, given at end of last semester
Lectures, seminars. One 1-hour session each week.
The fall term concentrates on the research methods and current major studies of the epidemiology of oral and dental diseases, and the need, supply, demand, and cost of dental care. Policy documents of the NCHS, NIH, ADA, IOM, and ADEA are studied. Research designs and data collection methods of health policy and epidemiology studies are reviewed. The spring term emphasizes the research work of faculty and students on relevant oral epidemiology and dental care policy subjects. Grade is based upon participation and the defense of a current epidemiology or policy analysis proposal or research project. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID278 Mental Health of Childrn and Adolescents
Spring 1
Dr. B. Molnar, Dr. D. Kindlon
2.5 credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Describes methods of studying the prevalence, risk factors, treatment and prevention of major mental disorders that begin during childhood and adolescence, including mood disorders, conduct disorder, post-traumatic stress disorder, learning disorders, substance abuse, youth suicide and others. Emphasis will be on methodological issues of case definition, research instruments for screening and diagnosis, and current epidemiological evidence. Students will gain a working knowledge of studying the epidemiology of mental disorders of childhood and adolescence as well as prevention strategies.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID283 Epi Investigation of Soc & Env. Risks for Psychiatric Disorders
Spring 2
Department of Epidemiology and Department of Society, Human Development, and Health
Dr. S. Gilman
2.5 Credits
Course will not be offered in 2010-11
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week
Reviews the major social and environmental risks for psychiatric disorders of children, youth, and adults. Lectures will address current theories of social risks for and prevention of psychiatric illness, and the mechanisms linking social risks with psychiatric disorders across settings and over the life course. Topics include prenatal complications, childhood trauma, social networks, culture, social class, and community influences. Major epidemiologic studies of these topics are presented. Students will have the opportunity to design and conduct an original investigation of a social risk factor for psychiatric illness through a secondary data analysis of several psychiatric community studies. This course is in the psychiatric epidemiology track.
Note: Course will not be offered in 2010-11
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID284 Media and Health Communication: Practical Skills
Spring 2
Department of Society, Human Development and Health, Department of Health Policy and Management, Center for Health Communication, and Office of Communications
Dr. Jay Winsten (P), Robin Herman
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One three-hour session per week
This course provides students with an overview of the media environment and teaches
practical skills for handling interviews and press conferences; writing press releases and opinion articles; and developing and implementing mass media campaigns to effect positive behavior change. It includes analyses of how news decisions are made by the media, how to deliver an effective message during a public health emergency or institutional crisis, and how health news can be generated. Guest lecturers will include public officials, individuals from major media outlets, and communication professionals. Course Activities: The course will be a combination of lectures, case studies, practical exercises, and discussion.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 25 students; instructor's signature required; preference given to graduating SHDHstudents.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID292 Justice and Resource Allocation
Spring 2
Dr. N. Daniels
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week
This course explores the ethical issues, especially issues of distributive justice, raised by health and health care resource allocation methodologies and decisions. We begin with examination of distributive issues raised by measures of summary population health and their extensions into cost effectiveness analysis, paying special attention to the strengths and weaknesses of the underlying welfare economic and utilitarian assumptions. Philosophical and empirical efforts to clarify our beliefs about these distributive issues and our commitments to them will also be discussed. We then turn to recent efforts to make health inequalities and inequities a focus of priority in resource allocation, examining both conceptual and moral issues raised by different approaches to such inequalities and by the fact that the distribution of health is so significantly affected by non-health sector factors. We take up two problems of cross-cutting interest, the different concern shown for identified versus statistical victims, and emerging issues about intergenerational equity concerning the elderly and young. Finally, we turn to fair decision process as a way of resolving disputes about allocation. The goal of the course is to equip students with the ethical basis for addressing resource allocation issues in practical public health contexts, and throughout the course there is a focus real cases where controversy surrounds such decisions.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID295 Program Evaluation of Public Health Programs
WinterSession
Dr. M.Mitchell, Dr. M. J. Brown
1.25 credits
Lectures, field work. Four 8-hour classroom sessions, one week field work, one week writing. January 4-15, 2010
This course provides students with an unusual opportunity to work alongside colleagues from the CDC in Atlanta and around the country in the design of an evaluation of the CDC program in public health. The course will begin with a one week introduction to the theory and practice of evaluation as well as an introduction to the issues involved in the design and monitoring of public health programs. This component will be held in Atlanta at CDC campus.
During the second week of class, students will travel to 12 states or other locations and work with CDC and public health officials to develop an evaluation plan for CDC funded public health programs. This evaluation plan will be used by the program mangers and the CDC to evaluate their active public health programs for the next 2-3 years.
The course will be offered for credit (1.25 credits) but can also be taken without credit (audit) if a student prefers. Students will travel through the auspices of the CDC who will cover all costs associated with flights, accommodation and meals.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 24 students.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID298 Inference in Infectious Disease Epidemiology
WinterSession
Department of Epidemiology and Department of Immunology and Infectious Diseases
Dr. M. Lipsitch, Dr. C. Mills
1.25 credits
Course Offered 2008-2009; Offered Alternate Years.
Seminar. Eight 2-hour sessions.
This course will cover advanced issues in the design and interpretation of studies of infectious disease epidemiology. The course will consist of readings and student presentations on topics such as: interpretations of molecular typing data for infectious agents, assessment of incomplete and temporary immunity, immune correlates of protection, spatial effects in disease transmission, and inference about the carrier state. Each session will be led by a student whose responsibility will be to synthesize knowledge on the topic, describe open research areas, and stimulate discussion of the topic based on course readings. This course is intended for advanced students in infectious disease epidemiology.
Course note: Interested students should contact the instructor by the end of Fall 1 to choose a topic for presentation and to discuss possible readings. EPI225,EPI285, EPI501 or permission of the instructor required; Minimum enrollment of 7 required. Course dates TBA, 10:30 am to 12:30 pm.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID300 Public Health Field Study
WinterSession
Office for Professional Education/ MPH Program
Faculty Members
1.25 credits
During the WinterSession, opportunities for a group field study may be developed in accordance with appropriate guidelines. Field studies ordinarily involves exploration or evaluation of public health programs or health systems in other countries and must have a faculty sponsor and approval from the appropriate program or department. The planning must be arranged to permit the necessary academic preparation prior to the field study and to allow the goals of the field study to be met during the active session in the field. A formal conclusion to the study must be evident such as papers and presentations. Field studies are not conducted every year but only in those years when the goals and planning are appropriate.
Course Note: Enrollment limited; signature of instructor required; pass/fail grading or audit only.
Course Evaluations
ID320 The Summer MPH Practicum for CLE
Summer 2
Dr. E. Cook
Summer 2
Credits: 2.5-7.5
Seminars. Four to five 1 hour sessions each week.
Summer- Only CLE Master of Public Health Program students develop an off-site practicum at their home institution under the supervision of a local mental and member of faculty at HSPH. This practicum may include aspects of epidemiology, biostatics, decision sciences, or other quantitative aspects of public health. Students should apply the competencies learned in core courses to an actual investigation. Following the first summer course work, students must submit a written proposal for the practicum along with a letter of support from an investigator from the student's home site, indicating an agreement to act as the local mentor for the project. This proposal is reviewed and an HSPH faculty supervisor is identified. Students ordinarily would write a paper suitable for publication, a grant proposal or technical report. This excise will culminate with a presentation in the final summer of the student's program.
Course Note: Student must attend the sessions of this course during the second and third summer and they are encouraged to attend their first summer. Regular contact between students and mentors and amoung students is expected via e-mail during the year to seek advice, provide activity updates and to discuss approaches to the solution of methodological issues; pass/fail only.
Course Evaluations
ID320 The Summer MPH Practicum for CLE
WinterSession
Dr. E. Cook
Summer 2
Credits: 2.5-12.5
Seminars. Four to five 1 hour sessions each week.
Summer- Only CLE Master of Public Health Program students develop an off-site practicum at their home institution under the supervision of a local mental and member of faculty at HSPH. This practicum may include aspects of epidemiology, biostatics, decision sciences, or other quantitative aspects of public health. Students should apply the competencies learned in core courses to an actual investigation. Following the first summer course work, students must submit a written proposal for the practicum along with a letter of support from an investigator from the student's home site, indicating an agreement to act as the local mentor for the project. This proposal is reviewed and an HSPH faculty supervisor is identified. Students ordinarily would write a paper suitable for publication, a grant proposal or technical report. This excise will culminate with a presentation in the final summer of the student's program.
Course Note: Student must attend the sessions of this course during the second and third summer and they are encouraged to attend their first summer. Regular contact between students and mentors and amoung students is expected via e-mail during the year to seek advice, provide activity updates and to discuss approaches to the solution of methodological issues; pass/fail only. (rev. 10.07)
Course Evaluations
ID506 Theory and Practice of Public Health in the United States
Fall 2
Department of Health Policy and Management and Department of Society, Human Development and Health
Dr. G. Connolly, Dr. D. Walker
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. One 3.5-hour session each week.
This course provides an introduction to public health practice and leadership in the United States, offering both a theoretic foundation and field examples. Using active learning, students interact with one another and a variety of practitioner leader to gain analytic skills applicable to emerging public health issues. Students will be introduced to ways of mobilizing government, medicine, community, organizations, civic associations, advocates, media and other groups to support the core functions of public health. Students will gain a broader understanding of the inherently interdisciplinary nature of public health practice and the skills needed to be effective public health leaders.
Course Note: This course is a prerequisite for ID 264: Practice of Family and Community Health; ordinal grading option only; course limited to 35.
All students are asked to make a commitment to attend all 7 classes as a condition of taking the course.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID510 Nutritional Epidemiology of Cancer
Fall 2
Department of Epidemiology and Department of Nutrition
Dr. S. Smith-Warner, Dr. E Giovannucci
2.50 Credits
Course Offered 2009-2010
Lectures and Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will examine several current nutrition and cancer research areas with a focus on critical evaluation of recent publications, discussion of methodologic issues, and mechanistic studies. The different components of putting together a research grant will also be discussed.
Course Activities: class participation, oral presentation, final project that is a grant proposal on a specific nutritional factor and cancer association.
Course Note: ID214 or signature of instructor required. (8.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID512 Molecular Basis of Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases
Spring
Department of Genetics and Complex Diseases and Department of Nutrition
Dr. G. Hotamisligil, Dr. C. H. Lee
2.5 credits
Seminars. One 2-hour session and one 1-hour seminar each week.
Students have an opportunity to review and analyze key papers that provide physiological and molecular evidence that bears on a topic of current interest in human nutrition and related disorders. Additionally, students learn skills necessary for critical thinking, and oral and written presentations.
Course Note: HSPH degree candidates only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID513 Ethics and Health Disparities
Spring 1
Dr. Norman Daniels
2.5 credits
Not Offered 2008-2009
Lectures, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
When is an inequality in health status an injustice or inequity? This course examines various aspects of this issue, bringing appropriate perspectives from ethical theories (utilitarian, libertarian, liberal egalitarian, feminist) to bear on case studies revealing a range of important health disparities. Four main cases will be discussed, each focusing on a central type of health disparity: U.S. racial disparities, class disparities, gender disparities in a developing country setting, and global health inequalities. Key questions to be pursued in each case include: when is an inequality in health between this type of demographic variable unjust? When is a policy that produces, or fails to address, such an inequality race- or gender- or class-biased in an morally objectionable way? What ethical issues are raised by different methods of measuring health inequalities? How does ascription of responsibility for health affect the fairness of health inequalities? What kind of obligations exist to address health inequalities across national boundaries? What ethical issues are raised by policy approaches to addressing health inequalities and giving priority to reducing them?
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID518 Integrated Cancer Biology
WinterSession
Department of Environmental Health and Department of Genetics and Complex Diseases
Dr. H. Nelson, Dr. K. Kelsey
2.5 Credits
Course not offered 2006-2007. Will be offered in Spring, 2007-2008.
Case Studies. Four 2-hour sessions each week during WinterSession.
This course will use case-based and problem-based approaches to Cancer Biology. The course will meet four times per week and will involve a mix of case presentations/discussions, and problem-based classes with small group work followed by group presentations. Each case/problem will be chosen based on a unique exposure event; elements of exposure assessment, epidemiology, and molecular clinical biology will be presented. The end of each case presentation will be devoted to discussion of study design and how the integrated elements of the malignancy (i.e. exposure, molecular biology, and clinical presentation) should be considered and addressed. Problem-based sessions will include small group work and class presentations.
Course Note: GCD210 required. Enrollment limited, instructor's signature required; priority will be given to doctoral candidates. Minimum enrollment required. Course offered January 3 - 25, from 10 am to 12 pm, during WinterSession.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID519 Culminating Experience: MPH-IH Thesis
Spring
Dr. C. Bruderlein, Dr. J. Leaning
1.25 Credits
Students must propose a written thesis in accordance with the guidelines developed by the department. The thesis topic must be on an international health problem that is considered important from either a global, national, or local perspective. Program planning, implementation and/or evaluation should be addressed. A list of suggested topics will be distributed during the organizational meeting scheduled in September, 2008.
Course Note: Open only to students in the MPH-IH concentration; signature of instructor required; ordinal grading only.
In addition, students should take part in three two-hour workshops to discuss the design of policy and programming initiatives, scheduled in October, early February and early April.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID520 Advanced Topics in Nutrition and Cancer
Fall 2
Dr. S. Smith-Warner, E. Cho
1.25 credits
Course Not Offered 2008-2009
Lectures and seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
This course will discuss in detail a variety of associations between food and nutrient intakes and the risk of cancer (as chosen by the students enrolled in the course) to provide a wide scope of current findings on nutrition and cancer. For each class a student will be responsible for selecting a current nutrition and cancer topic for the class to discuss, providing a brief overview of the topic prior to the class discussion, and leading the class discussion on that topic.
Course Activities: be a discussion leader; give a brief seminar on a nutrition and cancer association, write critical reviews of research articles, participate in class discussion
Course Note: ID214 or signature of instructor required (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID521 Developmental Epidemiology of Adult Psychiatric Disorders
Fall 1
Dr. K. Koenen
2.5 credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010
Lectures, seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
The goal of this course is to provide students with a working knowledge of the epidemiologic and clinical aspects of adult psychiatric disorders. A range of studies from early classics to recent work on the prevalence, risk factors and distribution of major mental disorders will be covered. Emphasis will be on evidence for the developmental origins of adult disorders and on how a developmental perspective informs research on etiology, treatment and prevention. Special attention is paid to the unique methodological and analytic issues highlighted in psychiatric epidemiologic research. Students will consider implications for public health programs and interventions.
The course was formerly EPI217, Epidemiology of Adult Psychiatric Disorders. It is an introductory course in the psychiatric epidemiology track and is appropriate for all students interested in mental health research.
Course activities: Class discussion, class presentations, short written assignments including short grant proposal.
Course note: Background in introductory statistics and understanding of basic epidemiologic research methods recommended; EPI200 or EPI201 and BIO200, BIO201 or BIO205 recommended (concurrent enrollment permitted) or permission of the instructor. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID535 Managing Community Health Centers
WinterSession
Dr. Paul Campbell
1.25 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies, site visits. January 12 - January 22, 2010
Students in this course will learn about the management of community health centers (CHCs), non-profit organizations that provide primary care and population-based health services for vulnerable populations across the United States. Health centers currently serve over sixteen million Americans, most of them low income and from ethnic or racial minorities. The course will enable students to see public health in action, at the local level in the Boston area where health centers provide care for approximately one-half of city residents. Facility staff, as well as HSPH faculty, will be leading discussions.
Students will learn about the history of community health centers, as well as their place in current health policy debates. They will also learn about governance, financial, human resources and quality challenges, as well as health center programs related to community development and domestic violence. They will be exposed to "real world" successes as well as failures. This course will take a more applied approach than found in most HSPH courses.
Many graduates of HSPH professional programs have pursued careers in community health centers, often as Medical or Executive Directors. Students in the following departments will be especially interested in this course: Health Policy and Management; Global Health and Population; and Society, Human Development and Health.
Course note: Enrollment limited, pass/fail grading option only. All classes will be held off-site at the Health Centers.
Course Evaluations
ID536 Business Planning for Health Organizations
Spring 2
Dr. P. Campbell
Spring 2
1.25 credits
Lectures, seminars, and case studies. One 2-hour session each week
This course has been developed for students who will be developing and managing health-related programs and projects. They will be introduced to business plans, management tools used historically by entrepreneurs to gain access to financing for their ideas. Through this course students will also learn basic business skills. Business planning draws upon concepts and tools found in a number of management disciplines, from strategic planning to marketing and financial management. Students will learn through doing. Everyone participating will be required to draft a plan to be evaluated by the instructor. Several student plans will also be discussed by the entire class. Thus, everyone must have an idea suitable for business planning before beginning this course.
This development of this course reflects transitions in health sectors around the globe. In every country managers are under growing pressure. Costs are increasing due to growing populations, demographic shifts, technology change, greater demand for consumer responsiveness and other causes. Meanwhile public budgets are often constant or even shrinking. The result is that many governments are being forced to make strategic changes in their health delivery systems. These changes include changing financing mechanisms, making greater use of the private (proprietary and non-profit) sectors, and instituting regulatory changes. Managers in both government and non-governmental health organizations (NGOs) are being forced to increase their entrepreneurial and managerial skills. Some are managing in traditional government bureaucracies, while others are in new quasi-governmental organizations or NGOs. They are all in need of new concepts and skills that can be adapted from private, for-profit management practices. They all seek sustainability.
Course Note: For course evaluation, please refer to the former number for this course, PIH 255.
Course Evaluations
ID537 Obesity Epidemiology
Fall
Department of Epidemiology, Department of Nutrition
Dr. F. Hu, Dr. J. Chavarro
2.5 Credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
This course reviews current evidence on the burden, causes, consequences, and prevention of obesity from an epidemiological perspective. The course also reviews common epidemiologic methods to conduct obesity research and provides students with skills to critically analyze studies in obesity epidemiology. The policy and public health implications of recent findings in obesity research are discussed through case-studies.
Course Note: BIO200, BIO201 or BIO200s and BIO200t, and EPI 200, EPI201 or EPI208 required.
Course Evaluations
ID538 Foundations in Public Health
Fall
Dr. N. Kane, A Cohen, Dr. M. Decker, Dr. R. Hauser, Dr. M. Roberts, Dr. J. Paulus, Dr. M. Perry, Dr. J. Silverman, Dr. M. Pagano
10 credits
Case study method, lectures: two 4-hour sessions per week
At the completion of this course, students will have developed a professional identity and leadership capabilities for public health practice. They will practice the ability to work collaboratively in groups. In addition, students will demonstrate a basic knowledge of the concepts in the five core disciplines in public health, as well as the skills to analyze, think critically, make and effectively execute decisions. The course will include public health cases that offer students the opportunity to apply skills from several disciplines to real public health issues. The course offers a combination of case study method, lecture, and discussion.
Course note: By invitation only in 2008, students must have taken the prescreening quantitative test and have permission of the instructor to register for this course.
Course Evaluations
ID539 Bicycle Environments in the U.S. and The Netherlands/Denmark
Fall 2
Dr. A. Lusk, Dr. W. Willett (S), Dr. J. Spengler, Dr. J. Dennerlein
2.5 Credits
Course Not Offered 2009-2010.
Lectures, Case Studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is for any individual who wishes to examine the relation of the built environmental to physical activity, obesity, and global warming. Students will compare and discuss design guidelines, policies, laws, and populations served in the bicycle environments in the U.S. and the Netherlands/Denmark. Transportation and urban planning studies from the differing countries will be contrasted so students can suggest improvements to public health for all populations through enhanced bicycle environments. Students will select the track or topic area based on their interest associated with bicycling in the U.S. and the Netherlands/Denmark and write what could be at class end: 1) a thesis topic; 2) a grant; 3) a trade market short article; or 4) a poster. At the culmination of the course, students will present their recommendations orally, through speed talks, and in written form with one creative graphic, based on the teachings of Edward Tufte, on their design guideline, law, or policy associated with bicycling. This course will be a beneficial addition to other course offerings in public health as HSPH focuses more on ways of translating information on nutrition, physical activity, and health into practice.
Course Activities: Discussion, lectures, guest lectures, writing 3 one page papers that culminate in one final paper, editing peer writing, preparing graphics, and delivering short presentations. Materials include readings, websites, webcams, and video clips.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations.
Course Evaluations
ID540 Life Course Epidemiology
Spring 1
Dr. S. Gilman, Dr. K. Koenen
2.5 Credits
Lectures, Seminars, Case Study. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The field of life course epidemiology approaches disease etiology and prevention from the perspective of dynamic risk and protective factors that impact health throughout the human lifespan. Research in the area of life course epidemiology ranges from investigating the fetal and early childhood origins of adult health and disease to understanding how risk and protective processes influence health within specific developmental periods and between them. There are two major themes that will be covered in this course. The first theme, Applications in Life Course Epidemiology (e.g., The Life Course Epidemiology of . . .), introduces students to the application of life course theories and methods to specific public health problems (e.g., chronic disease, mental health, health disparities). The second theme, Methods in Life Course Epidemiology, introduces the major concepts and methodological challenges in investigating disease risks longitudinally, covering topics such as exposure assessment, analytic methods, and causal inference.
Course Activities: Assigned readings, lectures, seminars, class presentations, and short papers.
Course Note: EPI208 and BIO206 and one of BIO207, BIO208, or BIO209 OR EPI500 and BIO202 and BIO203 OR EPI200 or EPI201 and BIO200 or BIO201 OR ID538 required; no auditors.
Course Evaluations
IMI201 Ecol, Epi, and Cntl of Impor Parasitic Diseases of Devel Areas
Fall 1
Dr. M. Marti, Dr. D. Wirth
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Three 2-hour sessions each week.
Provides an introduction to ecological and epidemiological concepts basic to the control of infectious agents. Considers important parasitic diseases of particular significance in the developing areas of the world. Epidemiological principles of vector-associated diseases are elucidated through study of entities such as malaria and schistosomiasis.
Course Note: Background in biology required; knowledge of pathogenesis of infectious diseases desirable; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
IMI202 Tuberculosis: the Host, the Organism, and the Global Threat
Spring 1
Dr. E. Nardell, Dr. E. Rubin, Dr. S. Fortune
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2 -hour sessions each week.
This is a comprehensive survey course on tuberculosis featuring lectures by some of the leading authorities in the field. The first half of the course focuses on population issues (TB epidemiology in the US and the world), transmission, modeling, and programmatic issues (the essentials of good TB control both here and in high burden countries). The second month deals more with the biomedical aspects of TB, immunology, genetics, diagnosis, decision analysis, and treatment, again, both here and abroad. There is a field trip to the Massachusetts State Laboratory. Because of involvement of several of the faculty, special attention is paid to the global problem of multidrug resistant TB, and the work of Partners in
Health, an NGO associated with the medical school. During the second month, medical students join the SPH students for an elective course involving patient interviews at the state TB hospital. They present these cases and related topics in class during the second month. SPH students are evaluated on the basis of class participation and one or more presentations on relevant TB topics of interest. The course ends on or near World TB Day, with optional TB-related activities in the Boston area.
Course Note: This course is intended for students interested in any aspect of tuberculosis, biological, programmatic, international health, and epidemiologic. Some knowledge of immunology and molecular biology is desirable, but not required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
IMI204 Survey of Immunology
Spring 1
Dr. M. Grusby
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 1.5-hour session each week.
Introductory course aimed toward students who may not have a background in the biological sciences and/or immunology. Examines the anatomy and physiology of the immune system, and regulation of the immune response.
Course Note: Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
IMI206 Principles of Public Health Entomology
Spring 2
Dr R. Pollack , Dr. M. Muskavtich
2.5 credits
Lectures, discussions, laboratories, and optional field trip. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The manner in which arthropods burden human health, whether directly or by transmitting disease-causing agents, are discussed from ecological, physiological, genetic, historical and mathematical perspectives. Class and laboratory sessions introduce concepts and strategies currently employed against vector-borne disease worldwide. An optional weekend field trip provides an opportunity for students to better appreciate concepts presented in the classroom.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
IMI208 Immunology of Infectious Diseases
Spring
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-216 and at HMS as BPH-724.0
Dr. S. Behar, Department Members, Guest Lecturers
5 credits
Course offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures, discussions. One 3-hour session each week.
Covers in detail the interactions of pathogens with the host immune system, including innate and protective responses and those immune responses that are deleterious. Lecture topics include: overview of immune responses; response of mucosal-secretory immune system to pathogens; innate immunity "the collectins", innate immunity "Th2 PAMPs"; pathogen regulatation of host immune responses; pathogen evasion of immune effector mechanisms; polarization of CD4+ T helper cell subsets and relationship to disease
outcome; resistance to HIV; HIV and co-infection with other pathogens; mechanisms of immunopathogenesis; and development of vaccines. Pathogens covered in detail include: HIV, cholera, TB, staph/strep, toxoplasma, intestinal protozoa, malaria, helminths.
Course Activities: Each lecture requires reading several relevant papers and completion of a problem set.
Course Note: Course in immunology required; enrollment limited to 35 students; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
IMI216 Cellular and Molecular Biology of Parasites
Spring
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-212 and at GSAS as IMM 214a and IMM214b and at HMS as BPH-721.0
Dr. B. Burleigh, Dr. Matthias Marti
5 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009; offered alternate years.
Lectures, discussions. One 3-hour session each week.
This course covers aspects of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology of protozoan parasites of humans including: malaria, toxoplasma, leishmania, trypanosomes, amoebea and giardia. Will include critical readings and in-depth discussions on comparative mechanisms of pathogenesis; unique parasite biochemistry and organelles; strategies/ molecular basis for host immune invasion; bioinformatics approaches to molecular pathogenesis.
Course Note: Suitable courses in biochemistry and genetics of microbiology required; enrollment limited to 35 students; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
IMI225 Design & Development of a Vaccine
Fall
Dr. T.H. Lee, Dr. M. Essex
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2009-2010, offered alternate years.
Lectures, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Covers such topics as methodology for new vaccine development, including development of vaccines for specific purposes; manufacturing and quality control; techniques to ensure appropriate use of vaccines; liability issues; cost-effectiveness analysis; decision analysis for future research, development, and distribution of vaccines; and epidemiology of vaccine preventable illness.
Course Note: Minimum enrollment of 12 students required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
IMI227 Genetics & Genomics of Infectious Diseases:Tuberculosis, Malaria
Spring
Dr. I. Kramnik
2.5 Credits
Not Offered 2009-2010
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
Genetic heterogeneity within the host and the pathogen populations significantly affects disease progression, spread and cure. Novel technologies and methods of genetic analysis are revolutionizing biology and medicine and are anticipated to bring about spectacular changes in management of infectious diseases both at the population and the individual levels. In this course, particular attention will be paid to the studies of malaria, HIV infection and tuberculosis. During the course we will review the sources of genetic heterogeneity and how to study them in human populations, experimental animals, as well as in vectors that transmit the pathogen and in pathogens themselves. We will learn how to identify and study the genes which significantly affect host resistance to pathogens using experimental models as well as in human populations. We will discuss the genetic diversity of microorganisms, its sources and the role in mechanisms of adaptation and evolutionary success of pathogens. Theoretical aspects of co-evolution of host and pathogen, as well as practical implications of this concept for designing optimal intervention strategies will be reviewed. Students will learn about different genetic approaches to study host, vector and pathogen biology, strengths and limitations of individual strategies, and technological advances that will influence this discipline in the future.
Course Note: This course is intended for students interested in genetic applications for the studies of any aspect of infectious diseases. Some knowledge of microbiology, immunology, genetics and molecular biology is desirable, but not required. The students will be evaluated on the basis of class participation and presentation of cases or research proposals on relevant topics of interest. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
IMI228 Combating Infectious Diseases in the Developing World
Spring 1
Dr. K. Mclntosh, Dr. R. Marlink and guest faculty
Spring 1
2.5 Credits
Seminars and Case Discussions. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will focus on research design and methods as well as program building and public health evaluations to help address major infectious diseases in the developing world. The major emphasis will be on AIDS-HIV, but we will also deal with other infectious diseases such as tuberculosis and malaria. Students will be assigned, in pairs, to critically review one or more papers (often papers written by faculty of the course) and then, after a brief introduction by the instructor, to present and discuss these papers for and with the class. Papers will describe either clinical research designed to answer key questions in combating infectious diseases in developing countries and/or national
program building and evaluation of related public health efforts. In clinical research, presentations and papers will cover subjects such as prevention of mother-to-child transmission of HIV, roll-out of antiretroviral treatment programs, design of vaccine trials, and prevention or treatment of tuberculosis and malaria.
In national program building, presentations and papers will address issues such as design of education curricula and programs for medical personnel, development of clinical support or research laboratories, and systems analysis and evaluations for achieving goals in national and local programs. Discussion will focus on study design, data analysis, ethical issues, setting and achievement of goals, practical issues of clinical research in the developing world, program building, quality assurance and improvement and integration of clinical research into local public health policy. Each class will end with distribution of a 1-2 question quiz that will require brief (400-word) written answers from all course participants, emailed to the instructor before the next session.
Course note: Enrollment limited to 15 students plus auditors. Some background in HIVIAIDS or other infectious diseases is required, and a background in clinical research will be useful. Grading will depend on the presentations and discussions, and responses to the brief quizzes. Ordinal grading option only.
Course Evaluations
IMI230 Clinical Tropical Medicine and Infectious Diseases
WinterSession
Dr. E. Ryan
Winter
2.5 Credits
Course Not Offered 2008-2009
Lectures, case studies, laboratory. Eight 4 hour sessions each week.
This course is designed to convey essential clinical information to individuals wishing to care for individuals with diseases of specific importance in resource poor areas of the world, especially infectious diseases. The course will review essential clinical information in the fields of clinical tropical medicine, international health and infectious diseases. Areas will include epidemiology, clinical manifestations, transmission, diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. The course will be divided into two 16 day blocks. The first block would occur in July of each year, and the second in January. Each section would have a specific focus (for example epidemiology, medical entomology, immunizations, parasitic infections, virology, etc.) and would complement (but not overlap) with other sections. Students may take both 16 day blocks. The course will be intensive with a full schedule each day consisting of lectures, laboratory practica, case discussions, and clinical pathological conferences. Clinical experience is a prerequisite, including having an MD or comparable degree, or having completed at least 3 years of such clinical training. The course will meet Monday through Friday for 35-40 hours/week. At the end of each two-week block, students will be evaluated by a written examination and a laboratory practical examination (if appropriate for that section). Lectures will focus on specific topic areas (example: trematode infections, malaria, nutritional deficiencies). Clinicopathological conferences and case presentations will focus on management of individuals with diseases and syndromes. Laboratory practica will emphasize basic skills required for appropriate diagnosis of individuals in resource poor areas of the world (example: examination of stools and blood smears for parasites), and pathology and clinical specimens will be use to illustrate disease entities.
Areas of focus:
July Block 1: Helminthic infections and malaria
July Block 2: Protozoal infections, medical entomology, tropical mycology,
nutritional deficiencies
January Block 3: Tropical virology
January Block 4: Tropical bacteriology and global medicine
Course note: Ordinal grading; enrollment limited, course instructor signature required.
Course Evaluations
IMI230 Clinical Tropical Medicine and Infectious Diseases
Summer 1
Dr. E. Ryan
Summer
2.5 Credits
Not Offered Summer 2009
Lectures, case studies, laboratory. Eight 4 hour sessions each week.
This course is designed to convey essential clinical information to individuals wishing to care for individuals with diseases of specific importance in resource poor areas of the world, especially infectious diseases. The course will review essential clinical information in the fields of clinical tropical medicine, international health and infectious diseases. Areas will include epidemiology, clinical manifestations, transmission, diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. The course would be divided into 2 one-month blocks, each consisting of two sections. The first block would occur in July of each year, and the second in January. Each of the 4 two-week sections would have a specific focus (for example epidemiology, medical entomology, immunizations, parasitic infections, virology, etc.) and would complement (but not overlap) with other sections. Students may take both one-month blocks, or any two-week or four-week component. The course will be intensive with a full schedule each day consisting of lectures, laboratory practica, case discussions, and clinical pathological conferences. Clinical experience is a prerequisite, including having an MD or comparable degree, or having completed at least 3 years of such clinical training. The course will meet Monday through Friday for 35-40 hours/week. At the end of each two-week block, students will be evaluated by a written examination and a laboratory practical examination (if appropriate for that section). Lectures will focus on specific topic areas (example: trematode infections, malaria, nutritional deficiencies). Clinicopathological conferences and case presentations will focus on management of individuals with diseases and syndromes. Laboratory practica will emphasize basic skills required for appropriate diagnosis of individuals in resource poor areas of the world (example: examination of stools and blood smears for parasites), and pathology and clinical specimens will be use to illustrate disease entities.
Areas of focus:
July Block 1: Helminthic infections and malaria
July Block 2: Protozoal infections, medical entomology, tropical mycology,
nutritional deficiencies
January Block 3: Tropical virology
January Block 4: Tropical bacteriology and global medicine
Course note: Ordinal grading; enrollment limited, course instructor signature required.
Course Evaluations
IMI231 Introduction to Computational Genomics for Infectious Disease
Fall
Dr. J. Galagan, Dr. D. Wirth
5.0 Credits
Lectures and Required Lab. Two 1.5-hour lecture each week.
2-hour labs. Labs TBA
This course meets on MIT's Campus in Bldg 2 Room 105.
The study of infectious diseases is being revolutionized by the availability of genomic data for many pathogenic organisms. These data include genome sequences and annotation, comparative sequence data and population data, expression data, and metabolic data. For these data to be maximally useful to infectious disease researchers, familiarity with the appropriate analysis methods and concepts must be acquired. This course will be an introduction to computational genomics methods with selected applications to infectious disease.
Course Notes: Pass/Fail grading option only.
Course Evaluations
IMI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
IMI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
IMI350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
IMI400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied reserach in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied reserach in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied reserach in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied reserach in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied reserach in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
IMI400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral students who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied reserach in the department. Inquiries about specific research opportunities should be addressed to the chair of the department.
Course Note: Pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT201 Principles of Nutrition
Fall 2
Dr. C. Lo, Department Members
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Overview of nutrition from epidemiologic, clinical, metabolic, and international perspectives, including nutritional assessment, malnutrition, obesity, eating disorders, relationships between nutrition and cancer and heart disease, and special topics of interest to students. No previous scientific background is required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT202 The Science of Human Nutrition
Spring
Cross-listed at FAS as BPH-222 and at HMS as BPH-733.0
Dr. Lo, Dr. F. Sacks, Department Members
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course reviews the biochemistry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, and minerals in the context of human disease. Contemporary topics are emphasized. Particular emphasis is given to current knowledge of the mechanisms that may explain the role of diet in the causation and/or prevention of ischemic heart disease, diabetes, obesity, hypertension, and cancer.
Course Note: NUT 201 is recommended; prior familiarity with nutrition and the health sciences expected, as well as a basic knowledge of biochemistry and human physiology. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT203 Nutrition Seminars - Part I
Fall
Dr. W. Willett, Department Members
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 1-hour session each week.
The Human Nutrition Seminars are held every Monday and focus in methodologic and applied areas of Nutrition. They consist of presentations by faculty or invited speakers. Generally taken by first year students. Attendance will be taken.Course Note: Pass/Fail only; HSPH degree candidates only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT205 Advanced Topics in Nutrition Part II
Fall
Dr. Campos
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two-1 hour sessions each week.
Students participate in and present seminars reviewing current research and publications related to nutrition in addition to attending advanced seminars presented by faculty and guest speakers. This course intends to provide practical training in the communication skills for oral presentations. Students will be involved in seminar presentations of topics including both basic research and applied areas of human nutrition.
Course Note: Signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT206 Nutrition Seminars, Part II
Spring
Dr. W. Willett, Department Members
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 1-hour session each week
Seminar series on current topics in nutrition, usually taken by second year doctoral students.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; HSPH degree candidates only. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT209 Seminars in Food Science and Technology
Fall
Dr. C. Lo, Department Members, Guest Lecturers
2.5 credits
Seminars, discussions. One 2-hour session each week.
The nutritional health of the public begins with food. There are two goals of this course: (1) To learn the basics of food science and technology, including food composition, chemistry, processing, and engineering; and (2) to understand how the broader food environment, including agricultural practices, food policy, and food trade, affects food availability and consumption. Through lectures, discussions, and group projects, students will be challenged to think critically about how the food supply impacts public health. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT210 Nutritional Problems of Less-Developed Countries
Spring
Dr. W. Fawzi
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
Discusses the nutrition problems of less-developed countries. Reviews the epidemiological, biological and behavioral consequences of malnutrition. Emphasizes infectious disease (HIV, TB, malaria, diarrhea, among others) and perinatal outcomes (e.g. fetal loss, low birth weight, pre-eclampsia) including issues relevant to the formulation of nutrition policy and programs.
Course Note: No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT216 Research Techniques in Molecular Biology
Fall 1
Dr. M. Wessling-Resnick, Members of the Program in Nutritional Biochemistry
Previously NUT214
2.5 Credits
Laboratories. Fifteen hours minimum each week.
Students rotate through the laboratories (one each period) of participating faculty members in order to learn current techniques applied to molecular cellular, and biochemical research. Students present oral and written reports on the research they have completed.
Course Note: Generally limited to Nutritional Biochemistry students in the Department of Nutrition; must register for course in each appropriate semester; signature of instructor required. Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT216 Research Techniques in Molecular Biology
Fall 2
Dr. M. Wessling-Resnick, Members of the Program in Nutritional Biochemistry
Previously NUT214
2.5 Credits
Laboratories. Fifteen hours minimum each week.
Students rotate through the laboratories (one each period) of participating faculty members in order to learn current techniques applied to molecular cellular, and biochemical research. Students present oral and written reports on the research they have completed.
Course Note: Generally limited to Nutritional Biochemistry students in the Department of Nutrition; must register for course in each appropriate semester; signature of instructor required. Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT216 Research Techniques in Molecular Biology
Spring 1
Dr. M. Wessling-Resnick, Members of the Program in Nutritional Biochemistry
Previously NUT214
2.5 Credits
Laboratories. Fifteen hours minimum each week.
Students rotate through the laboratories (one each period) of participating faculty members in order to learn current techniques applied to molecular cellular, and biochemical research. Students present oral and written reports on the research they have completed.
Course Note: Generally limited to Nutritional Biochemistry students in the Department of Nutrition; must register for course in each appropriate semester; signature of instructor required. Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT216 Research Techniques in Molecular Biology
Spring 2
Dr. M. Wessling-Resnick, Members of the Program in Nutritional Biochemistry
Previously NUT214
2.5 Credits
Laboratories. Fifteen hours minimum each week.
Students rotate through the laboratories (one each period) of participating faculty members in order to learn current techniques applied to molecular cellular, and biochemical research. Students present oral and written reports on the research they have completed.
Course Note: Generally limited to Nutritional Biochemistry students in the Department of Nutrition; must register for course in each appropriate semester; signature of instructor required. Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
NUT226 Seminar in Nutrition and Food Policy
Fall
Dr. C. Lo
1.25 credits
Seminar. 1.5 hours every other week.
Student-led seminar based on recent food policy controversies, such as the Women's Health Initiative studies on low-fat diets and cancer, calcium and vitamin D supplements, food pyramid and dietary guidelines and obesity excess mortality and their implications for food policy.
We will discuss one or two relevant papers in food policy per course session. Some of the papers/topics could be set before the start of the course and some can be proposed and chosen by the students in the course-to encourage students to explore and share their interests. Guest speakers will be invited.
Course note: Pass/fail grading option only. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
NUT226 Seminar in Nutrition and Food Policy
Spring
Dr. C. Lo
1.25 credits
Seminar. 1.5 hours every other week.
Student-led seminar based on recent food policy controversies, such as the Women's Health Initiative studies on low-fat diets and cancer, calcium and vitamin D supplements, food pyramid and dietary guidelines and obesity excess mortality and their implications for food policy.
We will discuss one or two relevant papers in food policy per course session. Some of the papers/topics could be set before the start of the course and some can be proposed and chosen by the students in the course-to encourage students to explore and share their interests. Guest speakers will be invited.
Course note: Pass/fail grading option only.
Course Evaluations
NUT300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of the regular courses. Independent study work can include laboratory studies, projects in applied nutrition, library research, or the following special topic listed under NUT 301. (5.06)
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. Independent study work can include laboratory studies, projects in applied nutrition, library research, or the following special projects listed under NUT301.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. Independent study work can include laboratory studies, projects in applied nutrition, library research, or the following special projects listed under NUT301.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. Independent study work can include laboratory studies, projects in applied nutrition, library research, or the following special projects listed under NUT301.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. Independent study work can include laboratory studies, projects in applied nutrition, library research, or the following special projects listed under NUT301.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. Independent study work can include laboratory studies, projects in applied nutrition, library research, or the following special projects listed under NUT301.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses. Independent study work can include laboratory studies, projects in applied nutrition, library research, or the following special projects listed under NUT301.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT301 Nutrition/Health Promotion in the Mass Media
Fall
Department Members
2.5 credits
The role of the mass media and social marketing in the promotion and adoption of healthy eating practices; extent and quality of coverage in various mass media outlets; creating messages for mass media use; effectiveness of existing mass communication campaigns in nutrition.
Course Note: NUT 201 or equivalent required; background in behavioral sciences or education recommended; completed independent study contract required at time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
NUT301 Nutrition/Health Promotion in the Mass Media
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
The role of the mass media and social marketing in the promotion and adoption of healthy eating practices; extent and quality of coverage in various mass media outlets; creating messages for mass media use; effectiveness of existing mass communication campaigns in nutrition.
Course Note: NUT 201 or equivalent required; background in behavioral sciences or education recommended; completed independent study contract required at time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
NUT306 Nutrition: Developing the Applied Research Practicum in PH
Fall
Dr. T. Fung, Dr. A. Lindsay
1.25 credits
Students will receive 1.25 for individually planning their Public Health Nutrition practicum over a period of up to 16 weeks. Instructors will provide individual supervision of this process. This will usually take place during the fall of the second year of doctoral study but could take place earlier, depending upon prior experience and the student's individual program of study.
Course Note: Instructor's signature required; Pass/Fail grading option only
Course Evaluations
NUT306 Nutrition: Developing the Applied Research Practicum in PH
Spring
Dr. T. Fung, Dr. A. Lindsay
1.25 credits
Students will receive 1.25 for individually planning their Public Health Nutrition practicum over a period of up to 16 weeks. Instructors will provide individual supervision of this process. This will usually take place during the fall of the second year of doctoral study but could take place earlier, depending upon prior experience and the student's individual program of study.
Course Note: Instructor's signature required; Pass/Fail grading option only
Course Evaluations
NUT308 Applied Research Practicum in Public Health Nutrition
Fall
Dr. T. Fung, Dr. A. Lindsay
Time and credit to be arranged
In addition to formal thesis research projects, doctoral students in Public Health Nutrition are required to complete a research practicum in a U.S. or international public health setting involving supervised field work. Graduate students who are not formally enrolled in the Public Health Nutrition doctoral concentration but who desire nutrition research experience in an applied setting may take the course after special consultation with the instructor(s). The practicum is completed individually by students under the supervision of a faculty member. It will be pass/fail and worth a minimum of 5 credits. The practicum will cultivate field research skills, leadership skills, integrate and strengthen technical knowledge and quantitative skills, and enhance oral and written communication skills. It will also cultivate the capacity to work with others in a substantial project that responds effectively and creatively to the needs of an organization. Projects may be in the areas of nutrition/physical activity program planning and evaluation, policy development, research methods, project management, mass media communication, information dissemination and intervention. The practicum includes a research component in the form of data collection and analysis, or outcome evaluation.
Course Note: NUT306 required; instructor's signature required; Pass/Fail grading option only.
Course Evaluations
NUT308 Applied Research Practicum in Public Health Nutrition
Spring
Dr. T. Fung, Dr. A. Lindsay
Time and credit to be arranged
In addition to formal thesis research projects, doctoral students in Public Health Nutrition are required to complete a research practicum in a U.S. or international public health setting involving supervised field work. Graduate students who are not formally enrolled in the Public Health Nutrition doctoral concentration but who desire nutrition research experience in an applied setting may take the course after special consultation with the instructor(s). The practicum is completed individually by students under the supervision of a faculty member. It will be pass/fail and worth a minimum of 5 credits. The practicum will cultivate field research skills, leadership skills, integrate and strengthen technical knowledge and quantitative skills, and enhance oral and written communication skills. It will also cultivate the capacity to work with others in a substantial project that responds effectively and creatively to the needs of an organization. Projects may be in the areas of nutrition/physical activity program planning and evaluation, policy development, research methods, project management, mass media communication, information dissemination and intervention. The practicum includes a research component in the form of data collection and analysis, or outcome evaluation.
Course Note: NUT306 required; instructor's signature required; Pass/Fail grading option only.
Course Evaluations
NUT308 Applied Research Practicum in Public Health Nutrition
Summer
Dr. T. Fung, Dr. A. Lindsay
Time and credit to be arranged
In addition to formal thesis research projects, doctoral students in Public Health Nutrition are required to complete a research practicum in a U.S. or international public health setting involving supervised field work. Graduate students who are not formally enrolled in the Public Health Nutrition doctoral concentration but who desire nutrition research experience in an applied setting may take the course after special consultation with the instructor(s). The practicum is completed individually by students under the supervision of a faculty member. It will be pass/fail and worth a minimum of 5 credits. The practicum will cultivate field research skills, leadership skills, integrate and strengthen technical knowledge and quantitative skills, and enhance oral and written communication skills. It will also cultivate the capacity to work with others in a substantial project that responds effectively and creatively to the needs of an organization. Projects may be in the areas of nutrition/physical activity program planning and evaluation, policy development, research methods, project management, mass media communication, information dissemination and intervention. The practicum includes a research component in the form of data collection and analysis, or outcome evaluation.
Course Note: NUT306 required; instructor's signature required; Pass/Fail grading option only.
Course Evaluations
NUT350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Research topics that may be taken under the direction of the faculty are listed below.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
NUT350 Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department. Research topics that may be taken under the direction of the faculty are listed below.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
NUT400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
NUT400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; maximum of 20 credits, signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
RDS201 Pharmacoeconomics
WinterSession
Dr. P. Neumann
Course not offered for 2006-2007
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 2-hour sessions each week
Examines key issues in the use of economic information in the evaluation of pharmaceuticals (and other medical technologies). Emphasizes applications of analytic techniques in a variety of disease areas, and includes discussions of the FDA's role, and the use of pharmacoeconomic information in coverage and reimbursement decisions by health payers in the U.S. and abroad.
Course Note: RDS280 and HPM282 recommended.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
RDS280 Decision Analysis for Health and Medical Practices
Fall 2
Department of Health Policy and Management and the Department of Biostatistics
Dr. S. Goldie
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course is designed to introduce the student to the methods and growing range of applications of decision analysis and cost-effectiveness analysis in health care technology assessment, medical decision making, and health resource allocation. The objectives of the course are: (1) to provide a technical understanding of the methods used, (2) to give the student an appreciation of the practical problems in applying these methods to the evaluation of clinical interventions and public health policies, and (3) to give the student an appreciation of the uses and limitations of these methods in decision making at the individual, organizational, and policy level both in developed and developing countries.
Course Note: Introductory course in probability and statistics required; BIO200, BIO201, or BIO203 may be taken concurrently; introductory economics is recommended but not required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
RDS282 Cost-Effectiveness and Cost-Benefit Analysis for Hlth Prog. Eval
Spring 2
Dr. J. Salomon, Dr. S. Resch
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Provides an introduction to methods for economic evaluation of health and environmental programs, including theory and applications. Topics include theory of benefit-cost and of cost-effectiveness analysis, definition and methods for estimating costs, stated-preference and revealed-preference methods for valuing health and mortality risk, quality adjusted life years.
Course Note: Introductory decision analysis (e.g. RDS280, HPM286) is required, and some economics (e.g. HPM205, HPM206) is highly recommended.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
RDS284 Decision Theory
Fall
Department of Health Policy and Management and Department of Environmental Health
Dr. J. Hammitt
5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Introduces the standard model of decision-making under uncertainty, its conceptual foundations, challenges, alternatives, and methodological issues arising from the application of these techniques to health issues. Topics include von Neumann-Morgenstern and multi-attribute utility theory, Bayesian statistical decision theory, stochastic dominance, the value of information, judgment under uncertainty and alternative models of probability and decision making (regret theory, prospect theory, generalized expected utility). Applications are to preferences for health and aggregation of preferences over time and across individuals.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
RDS285 Decision Analysis Methods in Public Health and Medicin
Spring 1
Department of Health Policy
Dr. J. Kim
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, lab. Two 2-hour sessions each week, one 1.5-hour lab.
An intermediate-level course on methods and health applications of decision analysis modeling techniques. Topics include Markov models, life expectancy modeling, micro-simulation models, deterministic and probabilistic sensitivity analysis, ROC analysis and diagnostic technology assessment, and cost-effectiveness analysis.
Course Note: RDS 280, RDS 286, or equivalent introductory course on decision analysis required or signature of instructor required; familiarity with matrix algebra and elementary calculus may be helpful but not required; lab or section times to be announced at first meeting. (8.06)
Course Evaluations
RDS286 Decision Analysis in Clinical Research
Summer 1
Dr. M. Hunink
2.5 credits
Lectures. Five 1.75-hour sessions each week for 3.5 weeks.
Introduces the following topics: decision analysis methods relevant to clinical decision making and clinical research; the use of probability to express uncertainty; Bayes theorem and evaluation of diagnostic test strategies; sensitivity analysis; utility theory and its use to express patient preferences for health outcomes; cost-effectiveness analysis in clinical research and health policy; and uses and limits of decision analysis and cost-effectiveness in clinical decision making and research design.
Course Note: Limited enrollment; priority will be given to participants in the Summer Program in Clinical Effectiveness.
(rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
RDS287 Research Seminar on Risk and Decision Analysis
Fall/Spring
Dr. G. Gray
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2005-2006
Seminars. One 1.5-hour session every two weeks.
This doctoral level seminar introduces students to state-of-the-art scholarship in theory and applications of decision science to public health. Biweekly guest speakers from within and outside the university will present their current research. The seminar will aim for balance between theoretical and applied projects. While specific topics will change from year to year, relevant fields will include: theory and techniques of risk analysis; choice under uncertainty; health policy models; cost-effectiveness analysis; statistical decision theory; subjective probability and utility assessment.
Course note: No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
RDS288 Methods for Decision Making in Medicine
Summer 2
Dr. M. Hunink
2.5 credits
Course not offered Summer 2009
Lectures. 5 2-hour classes each week.
This course deals with intermediate-level topics in the field of medical decision making. Topics that will be addressed include modeling issues, evaluation of diagnostic tests, ROC and summary ROC analysis, utility assessment, multi-attribute utility theory, Markov process models, Monte Carlo simulation modeling, methods for sensitivity analysis, value of information analysis, and behavioral decision making. The course will focus on the practical application of techniques and will include published examples and a computer practicum. This is not an introductory course.
Course Note: RDS280 or RDS286 and some knowledge of probability and statistics required.
Course Evaluations
RDS500 Risk Assessment
Spring 2
Dr. J. Levy
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Introduces the framework of risk assessment, considers its relationship with cost-benefit, decision analysis and other tools for improving environmental decisions. The scientific foundations for risk assessment (epidemiology, toxicology, and exposure assessment) are discussed. The mathematical sciences involved in developing models of dose-response, fate and transport, and the statistical aspects of parameter estimation and uncertainty analysis are introduced. Case studies are used to illustrate various issues in risk assessment and decision making.
Course Activities: Lectures, discussions, case studies.
Course Note: Course required for all Exposure, Epidemiology and Risk Program students; minimum enrollment of five students required; enrollment limited to 25 students.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH201 Society and Health
Fall 1
Dr. I. Kawachi
2.5 credits
Lectures and case studies. Two 2-hour sessions and one 1-hour required lab each week.
Analyzes major social variables that affect population health: poverty, social class, gender, race, family, community, work, behavioral risks, and coping resources. Examines health consequences of social and economic policies, and the potential role of specific social interventions. Reviews empirical and theoretical literature on mechanisms and processes that mediate between social factors and their health effects, and discusses alternative models for advancing public health.
Course Activities: Short written assignments, class discussion, final examination.
Course Note: Departmental requirement in the Department of Society, Human Development and Health (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH201 Society and Health
Summer 1
Dr. I. Kawachi
2.5 credits
Lectures and case studies. Five 2-hour sessions each week.
Analyzes major social variables that affect population health: poverty, social class, gender, race, family, community, work, behavioral risks, and coping resources. Examines health consequences of social and economic policies, and the potential role of specific social interventions. Reviews empirical and theoretical literature on mechanisms and processes that mediate between social factors and their health effects, and discusses alternative models for advancing public health.
Course Activities: Short written assignments, class discussion, final examination.
Course Note: Departmental requirement in the Department of Society, Human Development. and Health. (rev. 10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH203 Communication in Health Care Settings
Fall 2
Dr. A. Gurmankin-Levy
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007.
Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will focus on theory and practice of health communication in the clinical encounter: doctor-patient communication, patient education, adherence to medical regimen, cognition and behavioral skills in chronic disease co-management, informed consent, and psychoeducational preparation for surgery.
Course Activities: Brief papers on readings, class discussions, role play, one presentation, one optional paper for extra credit.
Course Note: Clinician or social sciences background recommended; enrollment limited to 18 students; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH207 Race, Ethnicity & Health: Perspectives from Soc & Behav Sciences
Spring 2
Dr. D. Williams
2.5 credits
Seminars, lectures. One 3-hour session each week.
Health outcomes in the U.S. vary dramatically as a function of race and ethnicity. The purpose of this course is to address the possible pathways by which such disparities in health status arise at different stages in the life cycle. The course will highlight research that explores this issue from social, behavioral and psychological perspectives, as well as ideas about the meaning of race and ethnicity in American society. Students will be asked to develop their own research ideas that might help illuminate the nature of specific health disparities.
Course Activities: Lectures, class presentations, discussion.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 30 students; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH208 Adolescent Health
Fall 2
Dr. M. Rich, Dr. P. Burke
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Adolescent health risk behaviors, prevention and intervention programs will be examined in relation to adolescent physical, psychosocial, and cognitive development. Topics will include theories of behavioral change, access to health care, guidelines for preventive services, outcomes research, health policy, and alternative sites for care. Risk behaviors, including injury, violence, suicide, substance use and sexuality will be explored. Focus will be primarily domestic, with examples of federal, state, and community-based adolescent health initiatives.
Course Activities: Class discussions, classroom role playing, writing memoranda.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 24 students; instructor's signature required; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH210 Women, Health and Development:Reconciling Science and Policy
Spring
Ms. N. Swenson
2.5 credits
Seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
Many state, local, and national governments now have Women's Health programs. The course surveys selected contemporary women and health issues in a global and historical context. Because women - and their children - worldwide are the majority of the poor, we will focus on a common framework: the impact of economic development alongside the impact of laws, customs, and medical systems that affect the human development and health of women and their families. We also analyze key roles women play in caregiving and in health and medical care services. Through written and oral testimonies, and policy letters, students will be able to develop advocacy and policy analysis skills, using epidemiological review, gender analysis, media monitoring, and an introduction to Evidence Based Medicine in medical technologies for healthy women. A critical framework derived from a variety of social science disciplines, and including human rights research, also illuminates the worldwide activism of the women's health movement.
Course activities: Discussion, guest lecturers, preparing and delivering testimonies, possible field trips, and school-wide video showings/discussion (optional). Materials include readings and websites, sample testimonies, video clips, work books. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH211 Health Promotion through Mass Media
Spring 1
Dr. K. Viswanath
2.5 credits
Lectures. One 3-hour session each week.
Covers the development of public communication campaigns in the field of health promotion: assessing what the mass media can accomplish to promote health; designing mass media messages that are consonant with principles of behavioral science and the public health model; and strategic planning for integrated mass media campaigns. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH212 Developmental Disabilities I: Evaluation, Assessment and Systems
Fall
Dr. D. Helm, Dr. A. Crocker
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
The course focuses on issues confronting professionals who work with people with developmental disabilities, their families, and the system. Materials are organized with a developmental format in mind. Emphasis for first half of semester will be on understanding the professionals' role in diagnosing, evaluating, and assessing children who have developmental disabilities or who are at high risk of acquiring them. Specific discussions of families and services will highlight the second half of the semester. The course uses outside guest speakers who are experts and work in the field.
Course note: The course is held at 1295 Boyleston Street, Room 100. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH213 Developing Radio Communications
Fall
Dr. A. Chernin
2.5 credits
Course Only Offered in Spring 2009-2010
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
Covers the development and use of radio communications in public health. Participants create an original, broadcast quality radio public service announcement. Students gain practical skills and experience for field work, including qualitative research methods for formative research, theory-and research-based script development, pilot testing with target audience, and PSA production in professional studio.
Course activities: One trip to a Boston recording studio. One-hour individual session at the recording studio with a professional announcer to produce the radio public service announcement.
Course note: Preference given to students in the Department of Society, Human Development and Health; enrollment limited to 15 students; signature of instructor required; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH213 Developing Radio Communications
Spring
Dr. D. Bickham, Dr. K. Viswanath
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
Covers the development and use of radio communications in public health. Participants create an original, broadcast quality radio public service announcement. Students gain practical skills and experience for field work, including qualitative research methods for formative research, theory-and research-based script development, pilot testing with target audience, and PSA production in professional studio.
Course activities: One trip to a Boston recording studio. One-hour individual session at the recording studio with a professional announcer to produce the radio public service announcement.
Course note: Preference given to students in the Department of Society, Human Development and Health; enrollment limited to 15 students; signature of instructor required; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH214 Developmental Disabilities II: Value, Policy, and Change
Spring
Dr. D. Helm, Dr. A. Crocker
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
The course focuses on the community, system and leadership components of the developmental disabilities field. It draws from, but is independent of SHH 212. Course materials are presented by leading experts in the field who will provide the content for each session. Issues of systems change and policy implications are stressed while understanding disabilities from the person's and families' perspective is maintained.
Course note: Course meets at 1295 Boylston St, Suite 100. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH215 History, Politics & Public Hlth:Theories of Disease Distribution
Fall
Dr. N. Krieger
5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
This course focuses on social and scientific contexts, content, and implications of theories of disease distribution, past and present. It considers how these theories shape questions people ask about--and explanations and interventions they offer for--patterns of health, disease, and well-being in their societies. After examining the role of theory in the production of scientific knowledge, Part I reviews both text-based theories of disease distribution developed in ancient Greece, China, and India, and oral traditions reflecting diverse American Indian, Latin American, African, and medieval European explanations of disease distribution. Parts II and III then focus on theories employed in past and present epidemiologic research because of their influence on current efforts to understand and improve the public's health. Part II considers the rise of epidemiology as a distinct discipline in both Europe and the United States, from 1700 to 1950. Part III examines current theories and controversies, and employs selected case examples to illustrate their application to--and implications for understanding--current and changing population distributions of disease and social inequalities in health, especially in relation to class, race/ethnicity, gender and sexuality. Emphasizing relationships between epidemiologic theory and practice, theories and frameworks covered include: miasma, contagion, germ theory, biomedical model, lifestyle, social production of disease, population health, lifecourse, health and human rights, and ecosocial theory.
Course Activities: Brief reflection papers on readings each week, class participation, one group project (textbook survey), one final paper.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 25 students, with preference given to doctoral students in SHDH; signature of instructor required; no auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH216 Childbirth Health Policy and Epidemiology
Spring 2
Dr. B. Sachs, Dr. E. Lieberman, Dr. D. Pursley
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 2-hour session each week.
Explores issues affecting childbirth services, including prenatal care, maternal health, pregnancy complications, obstetric technologies, personnel, access, financing and neonatal care. The course uses epidemiologic data to address perinatal health policy.
Course Note: Medical or nursing training, ID231, or permission of the instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH219 High-Risk Behavior: Epi/Prevention Strategies
Spring 2
Dr. B. Molnar
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars, case studies. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Examines epidemiology of behaviors that place an individual at higher risk of injuries and mortality, including substance abuse, violence, and risky sexual behaviors. Emphasis is placed on developmental and environmental factors that support these behaviors as well as the design and implementation of preventive interventions.
Course activities: Term paper, group presentation.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH220 Society and its Effects on Child Health
Spring 1
Dr. R. Samuels, Dr. J. Palfrey, Dr. K. Wilson
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour session each week.
This course is intended to provide an in-depth study of some of the ways society effects children's health in the United States. Issues covered include: the effects of poverty on health and public policy impact on chronic illness. Other areas covered will be determined by the students and include ethnicity, violence, families, HIV and drug abuse. Students will narrow the focus of the broad topic to an area they are interested in presenting to the class.
Course Note: The course is intended for students of a broad range of disciplines interested in child health issues, who have not necessarily had extensive training in maternal and child health. Minimum enrollment of 8, maximum enrollment of 18, instructor's signature required. No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH221 Psychosocial Theories of Health and Health Behavior
Spring
Dr. R. Rudd
5 credits
Lectures, seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
This is a doctoral-level course, designed to provide students with a conceptual grounding in theoretical approaches to health and health behavior. This course emphasizes the use of psycho-social theories in health-related research and includes an examination of Health Beliefs Model, Theory of Reasoned Action, Theory of Planned Behavior, Social Learning Theory, the Transtheoretical Model, risk communication, control theory, social support, and social networks. Heuristic models designed to integrate these theoretical perspectives will be addressed.
Course Activities: Assigned readings, class participation, one paper, weekly concept papers, one class debate.
Course Note: SHH201 required; enrollment is primarily for doctoral students and is limited to 30 students in total; signature of instructor required for master's students. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH222 Social Services for Children, Adolescents and Families
Spring 2
Ms. L. Tieszen
2.5 credits
Course offered 2007-2008. Alternate year course.
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Presents the crucial role of social services in maintaining and promoting the health of children and their families. Beginning with a historical overview of social services in the U.S., the course examines current political trends that structure the content and delivery of social services. The social and psychological determinants of the need for social services focus on events of public health relevance, including poverty in childhood, adoption/foster care, family violence, child care, and mental health services for children.
Course Activities: Seminar discussion based on current policy, case discussions and student presentations. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH224 Services for Children with Disabilities
Spring 1
Dr. A. Crocker, Dr. D. Helm
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Looks at how service programs in the disability field are put together, supported, and evaluated. Uses outside guests from community programs for many sessions.
Course Activities: Each student visits an active program site and reports on management issues.
Course Note: An interest in children with special needs is expected: enrollment limited to 20 students; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH229 Future Health Communication: New Media and Emerging Technologies
WinterSession
Dr.G. Bennett, Mr. B. Glassman
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007
Five 3-hour sessions in week 1 (9-12); 5 2-hour sessions in week 2 (9-11); 4 2-hour morning sessions and 3 2-hour afternoon computer-lab sessions in week 3; independent work on projects, week 4 (These may be adjusted depending on students' needs.)
Participants will have first-hand encounters with innovators and visionaries who are introducing new technologies with specific value to health communication. In 3 afternoon labs, students will become competent in working with 3 new technologies that can be immediately integrated into interventions -- health message tailoring, bring-along Internet tools, and expanding-content documents. All of this experience will be theory-based, although it may well stretch the boundaries of theory.
Why? Every day an average of five new Internet-connected devices are announced; more and more of them are wireless. These tools connect people with one another with ways that challenge most of the paradigms of health communication. New social patterns emerge. Where will the high-quality health knowledge for these new devices and systems come from? Where will their users go? In cyberspace, what exactly is a population? How will we meet the health information needs of people with Web-connected car radios and cell-phones with browsers, while not losing touch with people who must walk a mile for a pay phone? How can we predict and even shape the evolution of the technologies we will use to reach those at risk? How can we hold anyone's attention in a world of individually tailored, high-speed virtual reality? What will the health information consumers of 2006 require of us, let alone 2010? With instant messaging, what is behavioral epidemiology? How can we alter health behavior via massive, multiplayer online games? Via weblogs?
This class will pose and address those question, in the context of persistent and emerging public health problems. Participants will learn to detect and understand the earliest signals from the creators of new technologies, to forge partnerships with technology innovators and owners of the most appropriate channels, to develop, package and store information in ways that will make it optimally accessible by many kinds of devices, and to design and build their innovative delivery systems where necessary.
Course Activities: Class participation, leading an in-class discussion.
Course Note: Minimum enrollment of 5 students required. Auditing of labs may be limited; Instructor's signature required
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH231 Community Intervention Research Methods
Spring 1
Dr. G. Sorensen, Dr. J. D. Allen
2.5 credits
Lectures. Seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
This course is designed to provide students with skills in intervention research design and methodology. This course will provide an overview of research designs for community studies, application of theoretical models to intervention and evaluation design, linking study design to intervention planning, measurement of outcomes, establishment of community partnerships for intervention planning and implementation, and qualitative/ formative research methods. Emphasis is on domestic examples of randomized trials.
Course Activities: Assigned readings, class participation, term paper.
Course Note: Students will work on group projects aimed at designing a community intervention study and are recommended to come to the first class with an idea for their project. Some experience in community interventions needed.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH234 Public Health Genetics: Contemporary Issues and Challenges
Spring 2
Ms. R. Blatt
1.25 credits
Course offered 2006-2007. Alternate year course.
Lectures, seminars, case studies. One 2-hour session each week.
The commercialization of biotechnology and molecular genetic research raises numerous scientific, ethical, legal and social issues for which public health specialists must be prepared. This course will utilize case studies to focus on developments in biotechnology, molecular biology, and genetic medicine, and will explore their impact on biomedical research, health care delivery, and public health policy and regulation.
Course Activities: Students are expected to do all required readings and complete one class project.
Course Note: Enrollment is open to all HSPH students. No prior knowledge of genetics or molecular biology is required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH236 SHDH Masters ProSeminar
Fall 1
Dr. G. Connolly
1.25 credits
Seminar. One 2-hour sessions each week.
The course focuses on the research and projects of the faculty in SHDH. Presentations will cover examples of social epidemiology, intervention and policy research. Readings and presentations offer an overview of assumptions, theories, and methods. Student groups will be responsible for structuring discussion for a particular session and all participants will submit reflection papers and a final project.
Course Activities: Assigned readings, participation in class discussion, short reflection papers, final report.
Course Note: Required for first-year MS2 students in SHDH. Enrollment limited to first-year MS2 SHDH students, signature of instructor required, ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH237 The Practice of Preventing Intimate Partner Violence
Fall 2
Dr. J. Silverman, Dr. M. Decker
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will present students with the state of knowledge in the field of intimate partner violence, Sexual assault and sex trafficking prevention (i.e., epidemiology of perpetration and victimization, prevention program models and legal frameworks, evaluations of prevention programs, approaches to research), and how individuals with academic public health training can work with practitioners and policy makers to improve prevention of violence against women in a range of practice areas. Students will be encouraged to integrate provided academic and programmatic knowledge in the pursuit of public health research and practice. Guest speakers will describe a range of prevention program models and policies, and provide insight into the need for and utility of related public health research.
Course Activities: Presentations/lectures by guest speakers and instructors, class discussions and student presentations.
Course Note: Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH238 Social Policy and Legal Dilemmas: Child Custody and Visitation
WinterSession
Dr. L. Kleinman, Guest Lecturers
2.5 Credits
Canceled 2009-2010
Lectures, seminars. Two 3-hour sessions per day for five days. Course offered January 13, 14, 15, 19, 20 from 9:00 AM - 5:00 PM
Over the course of one week this course will take students on an intense journey: from developing a conceptual framework based on definitions of health and social justice, to understanding the way that child custody and child protection laws are written and applied, to understanding how these laws may break down in the context of domestic violence, this course will provide an introduction to the subject matter and to an approach for analyzing legal policy within the conceptual framework of public health. The applicability and limitations of recent research will be discussed. Both maternal and child issues will be discussed.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH242 Applied Methods for Secondary Data
Fall 2
Dr. M. Ganz
2.50 credits
Lectures. One 3-Hour Session each week.
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to methods of identifying, creating, and analyzing existing data sets. The course will focus on practical methods for data manipulation and processing that are relevant to research on topics in human development, social epidemiology, and health policy. Several national data sets will be introduced and discussed. Topics will include working with multiple data sources, merging data sources, how to create useful subsamples, methods for working with panel data, and methods for linking higher-level contextual data with individual-level data. The Stata statistical software package will be used. Students will complete brief computer-based homework assignments, a midterm exam, and a final exam.
Course Activities: The course will be lectures, computer based assignments and a final exam.
Course Notes: Enrollment limited to 25 students; BIO200 or BIO205 is required, no auditors, instructor's signature required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH245 Social and Behavioral Research Methods Part I
Fall
Dr. S. Gortmaker, Dr. L. Berkman
5 credits
Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Provides a broad overview of social and behavioral research methodology, including experimental, quasi-experimental and non-experimental research design, measurement, sampling, data collection, and testing causal theories. By case studies, methodological readings, discussion, written assignments, and data analytic homeworks students learn to conduct social and behavioral research and more applied program evaluations. Homework includes analytic work with observational and experimental studies and development of new measures.
Course Activities: Assigned readings, class participation, homeworks, reflections, two papers.
Course Note: BIO 210, BIO 211 or BIO 213 or equivalent required; enrollment limited to 20; a multivariate statistics course strongly recommended; course primarily for doctoral students. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH246 Issues in MCH Programs and Policies
Spring 1
Dr. M. McCormick
2.5 credits
Lectures. Two 2-hour sessions each week
Components of health care programs for mothers and children are discussed in the context of historical and legislative background, and social policies. Health programs appropriate to prenatal, early and late childhood, adolescence, and youth are presented in terms of the multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary action required to improve the health status of populations. Includes discussion of factors that shape current and future maternal and child health policies. Topics include infant mortality and low birthweight, maternal health and mortality services for children with special health care needs and financing of health care for mothers and children.
Course Activities: Class discussion, written exercises. (5.06).
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH249 Approaches to International Tobacco Control & PH Practice
Spring 1
Dr. G. Connolly
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2009-2010
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Prepares students to apply training in epidemiology, statistics, management and policy for development of comprehensive public health programs to curb tobacco use. Tobacco industry global structure, marketing, political strategies and world expansion are discussed. Guest speakers describe health policy and program interventions including taxation, marketing restrictions, protection of non-smokers, public education, litigation and cessation programs.
Course Activities: Class debates; final term paper.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH250 Research on Social and Behavioral Health: A Practical Guide
Summer 2
Dr. J. Haas
Credits: 2.5
Lectures, Case Studies. Five 2-hour class sessions each week.
This course is an introduction to research methods that are important to designing, conducting, and evaluating research that involves the assessment of social or behavioral aspects of health. The course will cover study design, measurement, data collection, and analytic issues that are important to this area of public health research. Because surveys are an important tool for social and behavioral research, a major component of this course will focus on survey design and administration. The course will present introductory level research methods and survey design with a focus on practical applications. Students will critique published studies that examine specific aspects of social and behavioral health. Students will be expected to prepare a brief proposal for a study of an aspect of social/ behavioral health that uses a survey instrument, and draft the corresponding survey instrument. The course will consist of 15 two-hour lectures with readings, in class critique of relevant studies and measures, and a final project. Requirements are completing the required reading, active participation in class, and successful completion of the project.
Course note: No Auditors.
Course Evaluations
SHH254 Social Disparities, Stress, and Health
Spring 2
Dr. L. Kubzansky
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week
This course is designed to review theories and research examining stress and the role it plays in social disparties in health. The course will review basic concepts and models of stress as well as the mechanisms by which stress may influence health and explain social disparities. A key aspect of the class will be to consider the quality of the research on stress and health, and students will be required to evaluate methods and measures. The course builds on a basic understanding of society and health and of epidemiology.
Course Activities: Lectures, seminars: reaction papers, class presentations and discussion, a take-home final.
Course Notes: Enrollment is limited to 20 students. SHH 201, EPI 200 or EPI 201 required. No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH260 Aging, Livecourse Social Conditions, and Public Health
Fall 2
Dr. M. Glymour
Credits 2.5
Lectures, Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course will introduce students to a range of issues related to human aging, with a focus on aging in the United States. One primary threads in the course will be the consideration of how social conditions across the lifecourse, from infancy to old age, affect health in old age. The second important theme will be the methodological challenges in such research. To understand how such social conditions might translate into the health of current cohorts of elderly, we will discuss examples of major social changes in the 20th century, and evidence about the health consequences of these trends. Topics for consideration will include:
-demography of aging;
-health trends and health disparities in US elderly;
-how factors such as retirement policies, poverty, education, and social networks affect the health and functioning of the elderly;
-selective survival and survivor bias;
-studying patient populations.
Course Evaluations
SHH261 SHDH Masters Seminar
Fall
Dr. I. Kawachi
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 1-hour session each week.
This course focuses on the masters students' culminating experience and includes attention to career development and the preparation of the masters students' final paper as defined in the SHDH handbook. Students will share career plans and strategies for entering the next phase of their work, will present and analyze their field work, research, or internship experiences, and will share early drafts of their final paper.
Course Activities: Assigned readings and activities, development of personal strategic and management plans, participation in class discussion, oral and poster presentations, final paper.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to second year SHDH master students; signature of instructor required; ordingal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH263 Multilevel Statistical Methods: Concept and Application
Spring
Dr. V. S. Sankaranarayanan
5 Credits
Lectures: Two 2-hour sessions each week; One 1-hour lab each week.
This course is designed to provide doctoral students with a training experience in the concept and application of multilevel statistical modeling. Students will be motivated to think about correlated and dependent data structures that arise due to sampling design and/or are inherent in the population (such as pupils nested within schools; patients nested within clinics; individuals nested within neighborhoods and so on). The substantive motivation for analyzing such complex data structures would be to make quantitative assessments about the role of contexts (e.g., schools, clinics, neighborhoods) in predicting individual outcomes. In particular, the principles of recognizing and modeling the underlying heterogeneity in average relationships would be emphasized. Linear, non-linear, and multivariate multilevel models will be covered. Upon completion, students should be able to conceptualize multilevel modeling strategies and to undertake empirical, quantitative multilevel research. The course will be lecture-based with substantial hands-on component.
Course Activities: Data management, modeling and analysis; individual assignments; project submission and class participation.
Course Notes: SHH245 or instructor's permission required; this course is a requirement for all SHDH doctoral students. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH265 Program Planning: Design and Evaluation
Fall 2
Dr. B. Molnar, Dr. R. Rudd
2.5 credits
Lecture, Seminars Two 2-hour sessions each week
Introduces a disciplined and theory based approach to public health program planning. Applies social science principles to community assessment, theory based design, and three levels of evaluation for health related program for individuals, communities, institutions, and local/national group.
Course Activities: Assigned reading with participation in discussion and analysis, class presentations, three essays.
Course Notes: Ordinal grading option only; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH269 Doctoral Seminar on Society, Human Development and Health
Fall
Dr. S. Gortmaker
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 1-hour session each week.
Overview of the major research questions pursued by doctoral students in society, human development and health. Requirement for all 1st year SHDH doctoral students and open to all SHDH doctoral students.
Course Activities: Doctoral student participants lead seminars, discussing their research ideas and plans, including their theoretical perspective.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; signature of instructor required indicating suitable background if student is not a doctoral student in the Department of Society, Human Development and Health. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH271 Doctoral Seminar on Society, Human Development and Health
Spring
Dr. S. Gortmaker
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 1-hour session each week.
Overview of the major questions pursued by doctoral students in health and social behavior. Requirement for all 1st year SHDH doctoral students and open to all SHDH doctoral students.
Course Activities: Doctoral student participants lead seminars, discussing their research ideas and plans, including their theoretical perspective.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; signature of instructor required indicating suitable background if student is not a doctoral student in the Department of Society, Human Development and Health; enrollment limited to 20 students.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH273 Innovative Strategies in Health Education
Spring 2
Dr. R. Rudd
2.50 credits
Course Not Offered 2008-2009; Alternate year course.
Seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course focuses on the translation of the pedagogy of Paulo Freire and related social theories into innovative public health education applications. The course is designed as a seminar with student-led case analyses. Readings and discussions center on cases that employ methods such as entertainment, engagement, participation and empowerment as well as on tools used to evaluate such efforts. Most case examples draw from health programs designed to address social inequalities.
Course Activities: Assigned readings, participation in class discussion, facilitation of case analyses, paper/report.
Course Note: Signature of instructor required; ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH275 Health Literacy
Spring 1
Dr. R. Rudd
2.5 credits
Offered alternate years. Not Offered 2009-2010.
Seminar, practicum. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
Focuses on the linkages between health and literacy and between health and adult education theory and methods. Health literacy, now defined as a goal for HP2010, is emerging as a new field of inquiry. Course readings and discussions cover the field of published research to date. Participants explore emerging issues and new opportunities for research. Participants hone skills assessing literacy demands in health communications. Structured fieldwork includes observation studies, interviews, small projects.
Course Note: Ordinal grading option only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH281 Methods for Research on Social and Behavioral Dimensions of PH
Fall 2
Dr. L. Kubzansky
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars. Two 1.5-hour sessions and one 1.5-hour required lab each week.
Introduces methodology to explore fundamental social and behavioral science concepts and theories useful in understanding social influences on health status. The course emphasizes quantitative research methods in social sciences applied to social and behavioral issues in public health research. Major attention is given to methodology from sociology and psychology in their application to public health problems.
Course Activities: One synthesis paper; discussions; one exam, and weekly assignments.
Course Note: Departmental requirement for SHDH masters students. Specifically geared to SHDH students in the MPH and other professional master's degree programs; students must register for course section with lab meeting time appropriate for their schedule. No auditors. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH286 Personality & Cognitive Development: Application to Public Hlth
Fall
Dr. D. Kindlon
2.50 credits
Not Offered 2009-2010
Lectures. One 2-hour session each week.
Basic principles of child development are examined within a public health frame of reference. Emphasis is placed on the understanding of the developmental theories, especially as they relate to understanding interventions for public health problems, including behavior problems and non-organic mental retardation.
Course Activities: Class discussion, class presentation, term paper. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH288 Qualitative Research Methods in Public Health
Fall 1
Dr. R. Goldman
2.5 credits
Lectures, seminars: Two 2-Hour sessions each week.
Qualitative research can be used alone or in combination with quantitative research to investigate public health questions. This introductory-level course begins by examining the variety of potential uses of qualitative methods in public health research and diverse qualitative research approaches. The course then explores specific topics, including: "entering" the community to conduct qualitative research; applying theory to study design and open-ended questions; ensuring study rigor; developing theory-based research questions, specific data collection methods (including, but not limited to, semi-structured interviews, focus groups, participant observation); sampling for qualitative studies; data management; data analysis; writing results and research proposals; and considerations for choosing qualitative methods at each stage of a mixed-methods qualitative or mixed-methods qualitative/quantitative study. Students will be required to participate in class discussions, apply concepts covered in class through assignments to collect and analyze qualitative data, critique qualitative works, and propose a qualitative study.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 25 students; preference given to SHDH students.
Course Evaluations
SHH291 Policy Analysis Methods for Public Health
Spring 2
Dr. D. Acevedo-Garcia
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009.
Lectures, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
The goal of the course is to build the skills necessary to critically assess the design, results and recommendations of research that examines the effects of social policies. The focus is on providing an introduction to the use of social experimentation methods in policy research. We examine three case studies: (1) housing mobility policy; (2) fair housing enforcement and monitoring; and (3) early childhood programs.
Course Objectives
At the completion of the course, you will be able to:
1) Demonstrate a basic understanding of five basic elements of social experiments: research questions, experimental design, measurement methods, implementation, and interpretation of results.
2) Describe how to design experimental studies to assess the effects of social policies, carry them out, and analyze the data they yield.
3) Apply your understanding of the subject to real examples from social policy experiments and social science research.
4) Discuss the possibilities for and barriers to translating social experimentation research into actual policies (e.g. political factors, scaling, cost).
Course Activities
Active learning through class participation and discussion are an important component of the course. Students are expected to attend and participate in all classes. Two in-class, critical reviews of the methods and policy recommendations of two policy research papers or policy reports. Two take-home excises based on two social experiments.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 25 students; signature of instructor required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH292 MCH Seminar
Fall/Spring
Dr. E. Lieberman
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 1-hour session each week.
Weekly seminar on research topics in Maternal and Child Health. Required for SHDH doctoral students majoring or minoring in Maternal and Child Health, and all SHDH masters and MPH/FCH students who are concentrating in Maternal and Child Health for the duration of their program. Open to all HSPH students.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH293 Place, Migration and Health
Spring 2
Dr. D. Acevedo-Garcia
2.5 credits
Course not offered 2008-2009.
Lecture, seminars. Two 2-hour sessions each week.
This course examines some features of spatial population distribution (e.g. residential segregation by race, concentration of poverty) and population movement (e.g. (im)migrant adaptation) that may influence health outcomes. The emphasis of the course is on understanding the public policies that may have shaped those features and the policies that are used or may be used to modify them (e.g. neighborhood development policies, housing mobility policies, (im)migrant integration policies).
Course Objectives
At the completion of the course, you will be able to:
1. Describe main trends and patterns of residential segregation, and (im)migration in the United States.
2. Describe measurement methods, and critically evaluate measures utilized to assess neighborhood environment, residential segregation, and (im)migrant integration.
* Synthesize data from multiple sources to illustrate patterns in neighborhood environment, residential segregation, and (im)migrant integration, and be able to concisely present this information both orally and written.
3. Critically analyze social epidemiologic studies in neighborhood effects on health, and (im)migrant health. This includes the critical evaluation of the design of the study, the methods used to collect and analyze data, as well as the authors’ interpretation of the results.
4. Describe the basic elements of housing policy and (im)migrant integration policy in the United States.
5. Critically analyze studies that have examined the effect of housing policy on health, and (im)migrant integration policy on health. This includes the critical evaluation of the design of the study, the methods used to collect and analyze data, as well as the authors’ interpretation of the results.
6. Effectively communicate data patterns/trends and study findings in the areas of housing policy and health and (im)migrant integration and health to policy makers and community leaders.
Course Activities
Active learning through class participation and discussion are an important component of the course. Students are expected to attend and participate in all classes.
Prepare three "briefs" to summarize data patterns or a policy issue. A topic for each assignment will be provided by the instructors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH296 Leadership in Minority Health Policy
Fall
Dr. J. Reede, Dr. C. Douglass, Dr. R. King
2.5 credits
Seminar. One 2-hour session every week
Students will engage with faculty members at Harvard as well as key minority health policy leaders from both the public and private sectors to develop leadership skills required for effective performance in the areas of public health practice and public policy. A major focus will be strategies for career development in the area of minority health policy. Speakers will include physicians, dentists, community organizers, social workers, and others working in health policy.
Course Activities: Students are expected to actively participate in class discussions; students will be required to submit papers as well as to engage health policy mangers and leaders on a specific health issue affecting minorities or disadvantaged communities.
Course Note: Enrollment is limited to 15 students. A brief interview with the instructor and the signature of the instructor are required.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH297 Sexuality and Public Health
Spring 2
Dr. S. Austin
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Case studies. One 3-hour sessions each week.
This course provides an introduction to the breadth of research and research methods in the study of sexuality and sexual health promotion as applied within and across countries and communities defined by ages, gender, race/ethnicity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic position, nationality, culture, and setting. Students will develop skills needed to carry out epidemiologic research and community-based interventions related to sexual health promotion. Students will be introduced to way to integrate conceptual models, methodologies, and perspectives from a variety of disciplines to inform a uniquely public health approach to the promotion of sexual health. Class session format includes lectures, discussions, case studies, individual and group presentations, and in-class writing assignments.
Course Note: Enrollment limited; instructor's signature required. No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH298 Issues in Minority Health Policy
Spring
Dr. J. Reede, Dr. R. King
2.5 credits
Seminar. One 2-hour session each week.
This course explores public policy issues impacting the health status of minority and disadvantaged populations, with special emphasis on problem identification, policy analysis, and program planning. Participants will engage with faculty members at Harvard as well as key minority health policy leaders from both the public and private sectors to explore current and future policy affecting minority and disadvantaged populations.
Course Activities: Students will be required to submit both a midterm paper and a final paper that discusses a health policy issue or a topic impacting minority populations.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 15 students; enrollment requires interview with the assistant to Dr. Reede (164 Longwood Avenue); signature of instructor required.
(5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH299
Spring
The Science of Learning, Behavior, and Health: Implications for Early Childhood Policy
Dr. J Shonkoff
5.0 Credits
Lectures. One 3-hour session each week.
This is a dual-listed course; class will meet on HGSE campus (Larsen Hall G08) from Jan.28 - Mar.11 and HSPH campus (Kresge Room 502) from Mar.25 - Apr.22. Please see course website for mid-course transition guidelines.
Sponsored equally by both the Harvard School of Public Health and the Harvard Graduate School of Education (course #AH125), this course will conduct a critical examination of the relation between the science of early childhood development and the formulation of social policies focused on young children and their families. Drawing on research from the biological, behavioral, and social sciences, students will learn about how interactions among early life experiences and genetics shape brain architecture and influence the maturation of biological systems that affect learning, behavior, and both physical and mental health, well into the adult years. This knowledge base will be used as a vehicle for greater understanding of how adversity related to poverty, maltreatment, and discrimination "gets under the skin" and leads to disparities in both health and educational outcomes. The course will then focus on how a greater understanding of the causal mechanisms that explain disparities in educationa (extra space should be omitted – should read educational) l achievement, economic productivity, and physical and mental well-being can be used to inform more effective policies for young children.
Course note: No Auditors; Dual-listed; HSPH students must register for HSPH course.
Course Evaluations
SHH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course Evaluations
SHH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH300 Independent Study/ Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH301 Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH301 Tutorial
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH301 Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH301 Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH301 Tutorial
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH301 Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
Course Note: Completed study contract is required at the time of registration; maximum of 5 credits per topic; pass/fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH306 Clinical Effectivenes Seminar
Fall/Spring
Dr. D. Goldmann, Dr. J. Finkelstein, Dr. J. Perrin, Dr. S. Muret-Wagstaff, Dr. T. Lieu
1.25 credits
Seminar. One 1.5-hour session each week.
This series of weekly seminars covers a broad spectrum of topics with content or methodologic relevance to research in child health services. The seminar series is coordinated by the Clinical Effectiveness Program at Children's Hospital together with The Division of General Pediatrics at Massachusetts General Hospital and The Department of Ambulatory Care and Prevention, Harvard Medical School. Speakers include faculty in and around the Harvard Medical Area as well as visiting speakers.
Course Note: Pass/Fail option only; signature of instructor required. (5.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH308 Infant Assessment in the Context of Perinatal Exposure
Fall 1
Dr. E. Tronick
1.25 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007
Tutorial.
This tutorial focuses on observations of infant neurobehavioral assessment and several other assessments of older infants and children (e.g., attachment, mastery motivation, Bayley examination) in the laboratory. The student will observe Research Assistants carrying out these procedures, do reading on their own, and set aside time to discuss the observations. Times are flexible. Newborn observations occur almost every day at the Brigham and Women's and the other procedures occur many days of the week at our labs at 1295 Boylston. The student is responsible for arranging the observation times with Research Assistants.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; instructor's signature required. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH308 Infant Assessment in the Context of Perinatal Exposure
Fall 2
Dr. E. Tronick
1.25 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007
Tutorial.
This tutorial focuses on observations of infant neurobehavioral assessment and several other assessments of older infants and children (e.g., attachment, mastery motivation, Bayley examination) in the laboratory. The student will observe Research Assistants carrying out these procedures, do reading on their own, and set aside time to discuss the observations. Times are flexible. Newborn observations occur almost every day at the Brigham and Women's and the other procedures occur many days of the week at our labs at 1295 Boylston. The student is responsible for arranging the observation times with Research Assistants.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; instructor's signature required. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH308 Infant Assessment in the Context of Perinatal Exposure
Spring 1
Dr. E. Tronick
1.25 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007
Tutorial.
This tutorial focuses on observations of infant neurobehavioral assessment and several other assessments of older infants and children (e.g., attachment, mastery motivation, Bayley examination) in the laboratory. The student will observe Research Assistants carrying out these procedures, do reading on their own, and set aside time to discuss the observations. Times are flexible. Newborn observations occur almost every day at the Brigham and Women's and the other procedures occur many days of the week at our labs at 1295 Boylston. The student is responsible for arranging the observation times with Research Assistants.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; instructor's signature required. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH308 Infant Assessment in the Context of Perinatal Exposure
Spring 2
Dr. E. Tronick
1.25 credits
Course not offered 2006-2007
Tutorial.
This tutorial focuses on observations of infant neurobehavioral assessment and several other assessments of older infants and children (e.g., attachment, mastery motivation, Bayley examination) in the laboratory. The student will observe Research Assistants carrying out these procedures, do reading on their own, and set aside time to discuss the observations. Times are flexible. Newborn observations occur almost every day at the Brigham and Women's and the other procedures occur many days of the week at our labs at 1295 Boylston. The student is responsible for arranging the observation times with Research Assistants.
Course Note: Pass/fail only; instructor's signature required. (6.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
SHH311 Teaching Assistant
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
Course Note: Course has prerequisites; instructor's signature required; pass/fail only.
Course Evaluations
SHH311 Teaching Assistant
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
Course Note: Course has prerequisites; instructor's signature required; pass/fail only.
Course Evaluations
SHH311 Teaching Assistant
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
Course Note: Course has prerequisites; instructor's signature required; pass/fail only.
Course Evaluations
SHH311 Teaching Assistant
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
Course Note: Course has prerequisites; instructor's signature required; pass/fail only.
Course Evaluations
SHH311 Teaching Assistant
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
Course Note: Course has prerequisites; instructor's signature required; pass/fail only.
Course Evaluations
SHH311 Teaching Assistant
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
Course Note: Course has prerequisites; instructor's signature required; pass/fail only.
Course Evaluations
SHH311 Teaching Assistant
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged
Course Note: Course has prerequisites; instructor's signature required; pass/fail only.
Course Evaluations
SHH350 Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH350 Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH350 Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH350 Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH350 Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH350 Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH400 Non-Resident Research
Fall
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH400 Non-Resident Research
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH400 Non-Resident Research
Spring
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH400 Non-Resident Research
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
SHH400 Non-Resident Research
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
For doctoral candidates who have passed their school-wide Oral Qualifying Examination and who are undertaking advanced work along the lines of fundamental or applied research in the department.
Course Note: Pass/Fail only; maximum of 20 credits; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
WGH200 Women, Gender and Health
Spring 1
Departments of Society, Human Development and Health, Global Health and Population, Epidemiology, and Environmental Health
Dr. S. Gruskin, Dr. N. Krieger
2.5 credits
Seminars. One 3-hour session each week.
This course will focus on constructions of gender and sex and their implications for understanding determinants of population health and creating healthy public policy. It will consider how different frameworks of addressing gender and biological sex shape questions asked and explanations and interventions offered for societal patterns of health, disease, and well-being. The course will demonstrate ways of conceptualizing gender in relation to biology and health using case examples pertaining to breast cancer, smoking, cumulative trauma disorders of hands and wrists, HIV/AIDS, violence, access to health services, sexual health, reproductive health, and population policy. In all these cases, issues of gender will be related to other social determinants of health, including social class, racism, and other forms of inequality. Implications of diverse approaches will be debated, as part of developing useful strategies for improving physical, mental, and social well-being of women and men.
Course Note: Enrollment limited to 25 students; signature of instructor required; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
WGH207 Advanced Topics in Women, Gender and Health
Spring 2
Dr. H. Corliss, Dr. S. Austin
1.25 credits
Seminars. One 2-hour sessions each week.
This interdepartmental, interdisciplinary seminar will offer the chance to analyze ways by which diverse constructs of gender influence public health research and practice. Using different examples each week, the core WGH faculty and students will focus on how gender contributes to classifying, surveying, understanding and intervening on population distributions of health, disease, and well-being. Discussion of these examples will draw on different disciplines, conceptual frameworks, and methodological approaches (both quantitative and qualitative). For example, traditional epidemiological and biostatistical methods, along with multilevel, ecosocial, and health and human rights frameworks will be applied, as appropriate, in the assessment of gender-based health related disorders. The format will include formal presentations and informal discussions.
Course Note: Minimum enrollment of 5; maximum enrollment of 20; instructor's signature required. Pass/fail only. (10.06)
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
WGH210 Women, Gender and Health: Critical Issues in Mental Health
Fall 2
Dr. B. Gottlieb
1.25 credits
Lecture, seminar. One 2-hour session each week.
This course explores issues relevant to mental illness, mental health from a gender perspective. Course themes include illness constructs, life cycle and transitions, collective and individual trauma, role and relationship and embodiment. Topics include eating disorders, pain, hormonally mediated mood disorders, and PTSD. Examples highlight US and international experience. Readings are multidisciplinary, including public health and medicine, social sciences, history and literature.
Course Activities: Includes a student final project.
Course Note: Minimum enrollment of 5 students; no auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
WGH211 Women, Gender and Health: Introductory Perspectives
Fall 1
Department of Epidemiology, Department of Society, Human Development and Health and Department of Population and International Health
Dr. S. Missmer (P), Invited guest lecturers
2.5 credits
Lectures, case studies. One 3-hour session each week.
This course will introduce students to gender as a theoretical concept and a category of analysis in public health-that is, the way gender has contributed to differentially structuring women and men's experiences of health. The course aims to answer such questions as: How has gender influenced the construction of public health in diverse societies? How do our social frameworks and structures, such as gender, affect people's experiences and expectations of health?
This course is designed for students who wish to enhance their understanding of, and skills to address, the social and cultural factors that have influenced the development of individual's and societal health. The interfaces among gender, class, race/ethnicity and sexuality will also be emphasized.
The course will cover a broad range of health issues for which gender has been of special importance. Topics to be covered include: reproductive health, sexual health and sexuality; violence; occupational health and work; chronic and communicable disease. Issues relating to the distribution of health, disease and well-being, including policy, will be addressed across sessions. Additionally, sessions will include international, domestic, and historical perspectives, with attention paid to both epidemiologic research and policy dimensions.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
WGH220 Sexuality and Public Health
Fall 2
Dr. S. Austin
2.5 Credits
Lectures. Case studies. One 3-hour sessions each week.
This course provides an introduction to the breadth of research and research methods in the study of sexuality and sexual health promotion in diverse contexts and populations. Students will develop skills needed to carry out epidemiologic research and community-based interventions related to sexual health promotion. Students will be introduced to ways to integrate conceptual models, methodologies, and perspectives from a variety of fields to inform a unique transdisciplinary, holistic approach to public health promotion of sexual health. Class session format includes lectures, discussions, case studies, individual and group presentations, and in-class writing assignments.
Course Note: Enrollment limited. No auditors.
Course evaluations are an important method for feedback on the quality of course offerings. The submission of a course evaluation is a requirement for this course. Your grade for the course will be made available only after you have submitted responses to at least the first three questions of the on-line evaluation for this course.
Course Evaluations
WGH300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Fall 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; students may sign up for up to 2.5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
WGH300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Fall 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; students may sign up for up to 2.5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
WGH300 Independent Study/Tutorial
WinterSession
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; students may sign up for up to 2.5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
WGH300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Spring 1
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; students may sign up for up to 2.5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
WGH300 Independent Study/Tutorial
Spring 2
Department Members
Time and credit to be arranged.
An opportunity for independent study is offered for interested and qualified students or small groups of students. Arrangements must be made with individual faculty members and are limited by the amount of faculty time available. These programs are open to all students who wish to go beyond the content of regular courses.
Course Note: Completed independent study contract is required at the time of registration; students may sign up for up to 2.5 credits per independent study topic; pass/ fail only; signature of instructor required.
Course Evaluations
WGH304 Issues in Mental Health: Independent Study
Fall 2
Department of Society, Human Development and Health, Department of Epidemiology and Department of Population and International Healh
Dr. B. Gottlieb
1.25
Not Offered 2008-2009
Field placement. Two sessions with mentor.
This independent study course is offered to students who are enrolled in WGH 210 Fall 2. The course will supplement the themes and topics of WGH 210, including illness constructs, trauma, embodiment, pain and eating disorders with a mentored field and service learning experience. Students will be required to provide 20 hours of service to one of several local sites selected for their relevance to course themes (for example, a shelter, an psychiatric in-patient unit, a school-based clinic), maintain a structured portfolio of reflections and commentary based on field experiences and readings, and attend 2 mentoring sessions.
Course activities: Field placement, preparation of final portfolio.
Course note: Students must be concurrently enrolled in WGH 210 Fall 2. Minimum enrollment 1 student; maximum enrollment 5 students. Pass/fail only
Course Evaluations
Last modified:·02/16/2010 11:18:04
This page is maintained by the HSPH Registrar's Office.
If you have questions, comments or suggestions,
please contact us at: registra@hsph.harvard.edu
Copyright, 2000-2008, President and Fellows of Harvard College